US20040248412A1 - Method and composition for fine copper slurry for low dishing in ECMP - Google Patents
Method and composition for fine copper slurry for low dishing in ECMP Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20040248412A1 US20040248412A1 US10/845,754 US84575404A US2004248412A1 US 20040248412 A1 US20040248412 A1 US 20040248412A1 US 84575404 A US84575404 A US 84575404A US 2004248412 A1 US2004248412 A1 US 2004248412A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- polishing composition
- substrate
- polishing
- conductive material
- material layer
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 257
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 227
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 title claims description 97
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims description 96
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims description 96
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 title 1
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 414
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 350
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 129
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 116
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 103
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 67
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 59
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 47
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 38
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 53
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 43
- YWYZEGXAUVWDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N triammonium citrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O YWYZEGXAUVWDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 32
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 31
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 11
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910000881 Cu alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 229940071106 ethylenediaminetetraacetate Drugs 0.000 claims 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 139
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 99
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 84
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 56
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 45
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 39
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 33
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 25
- 239000003082 abrasive agent Substances 0.000 description 24
- -1 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 24
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000007517 polishing process Methods 0.000 description 21
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 15
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000013590 bulk material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 6
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000003989 dielectric material Substances 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 5
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- ROOXNKNUYICQNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium persulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O ROOXNKNUYICQNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960003975 potassium Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K potassium phosphate Substances [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 4
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 3
- MNNHAPBLZZVQHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diammonium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].OP([O-])([O-])=O MNNHAPBLZZVQHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000388 diammonium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003487 electrochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002563 ionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001508 potassium citrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960002635 potassium citrate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- QEEAPRPFLLJWCF-UHFFFAOYSA-K potassium citrate (anhydrous) Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O QEEAPRPFLLJWCF-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 235000011082 potassium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 3
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLSJWNVTNUYHDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amitrole Chemical group NC1=NC=NN1 KLSJWNVTNUYHDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004254 Ammonium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004135 Bone phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATHHXGZTWNVVOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylformamide Chemical compound CNC=O ATHHXGZTWNVVOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Peracetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)OO KFSLWBXXFJQRDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethyl orthosilicate Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)OCC BOTDANWDWHJENH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VBIXEXWLHSRNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium oxalate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]C(=O)C([O-])=O VBIXEXWLHSRNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910001870 ammonium persulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZRIUUUJAJJNDSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium phosphates Chemical class [NH4+].[NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O ZRIUUUJAJJNDSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019289 ammonium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NHJPVZLSLOHJDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;butanedioic acid Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O NHJPVZLSLOHJDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- HSJPMRKMPBAUAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium(3+);trinitrate Chemical compound [Ce+3].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O HSJPMRKMPBAUAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019838 diammonium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CVOQYKPWIVSMDC-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium;butanedioate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O CVOQYKPWIVSMDC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- IRXRGVFLQOSHOH-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium;oxalate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)C([O-])=O IRXRGVFLQOSHOH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Ge]=O YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010954 inorganic particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007521 mechanical polishing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- LLYCMZGLHLKPPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N perbromic acid Chemical compound OBr(=O)(=O)=O LLYCMZGLHLKPPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000864 peroxy group Chemical group O(O*)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000623 plasma-assisted chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- USHAGKDGDHPEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium persulfate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O USHAGKDGDHPEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 2
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfate group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)([O-])[O-] QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum nitride Chemical compound [Ta]#N MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012876 topography Methods 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZXHHNKULPHARO-UHFFFAOYSA-M (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl-triphenylphosphanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC=C1C[P+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 LZXHHNKULPHARO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910019670 (NH4)H2PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPMBTLLQQJBUOO-KTKRTIGZSA-N (z)-n,n-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)octadec-9-enamide Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)N(CCO)CCO LPMBTLLQQJBUOO-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)N1CCC(=O)CC1 RTBFRGCFXZNCOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1F PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWIAAIUASRVOIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C(N)=CC=C21 GWIAAIUASRVOIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWILHZQYNPQALT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-2-morpholin-4-ylpropanal Chemical compound O=CC(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 WWILHZQYNPQALT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNRAOBUKHNZQFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-benzotriazole-4-thiol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC2=C1NN=N2 NNRAOBUKHNZQFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNKZJIOFVMKAOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Amino-1-propanesulfonic acid Natural products NCCCS(O)(=O)=O SNKZJIOFVMKAOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BRKFTWHPLMMNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-amino-2-methylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N)C=C1S(O)(=O)=O BRKFTWHPLMMNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005632 Capric acid (CAS 334-48-5) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005635 Caprylic acid (CAS 124-07-2) Substances 0.000 description 1
- XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chlorate Chemical class [O-]Cl(=O)=O XTEGARKTQYYJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000013162 Cocos nucifera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000060011 Cocos nucifera Species 0.000 description 1
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005751 Copper oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L EDTA disodium salt (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000393496 Electra Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002000 Electrolyte additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007836 KH2PO4 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001774 Perfluoroether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002319 Poly(methyl acrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAOSIAYCXKBGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-K [Cu+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O Chemical compound [Cu+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RAOSIAYCXKBGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- UGACIEPFGXRWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ti] Chemical compound [Si].[Ti] UGACIEPFGXRWCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPRMFUAMSRXGDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ac1o530g Chemical compound NCCN.NCCN DPRMFUAMSRXGDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LFVGISIMTYGQHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [NH4+].OP(O)([O-])=O LFVGISIMTYGQHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000387 ammonium dihydrogen phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019395 ammonium persulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous glutaric acid Natural products OC(=O)CCCC(O)=O JFCQEDHGNNZCLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBTGXRBMYGTQHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanium;2-nonylphenolate Chemical compound N.CCCCCCCCCC1=CC=CC=C1O ZBTGXRBMYGTQHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HKVFISRIUUGTIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O azanium;cerium;nitrate Chemical compound [NH4+].[Ce].[O-][N+]([O-])=O HKVFISRIUUGTIB-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001565 benzotriazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010338 boric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002645 boric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SXDBWCPKPHAZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M bromate Chemical class [O-]Br(=O)=O SXDBWCPKPHAZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000420 cerium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ITZXULOAYIAYNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium(4+) Chemical class [Ce+4] ITZXULOAYIAYNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003486 chemical etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromate(2-) Chemical class [O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001879 copper Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000431 copper oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000365 copper sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XTVVROIMIGLXTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(II) nitrate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O XTVVROIMIGLXTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032798 delamination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002999 depolarising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005137 deposition process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-tert-butyl peroxide Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOC(C)(C)C LSXWFXONGKSEMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- FWBOFUGDKHMVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicopper;2-oxidopropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[Cu+2].[O-]C(=O)CC([O-])(C([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O FWBOFUGDKHMVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M dihydrogenphosphate Chemical compound OP(O)([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UZLGHNUASUZUOR-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium;3-carboxy-3-hydroxypentanedioate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OC(=O)CC(O)(C([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UZLGHNUASUZUOR-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VTIIJXUACCWYHX-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;carboxylatooxy carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)OOC([O-])=O VTIIJXUACCWYHX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004070 electrodeposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002001 electrolyte material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZHPNWZCWUUJAJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorosilicon Chemical compound [Si]F ZHPNWZCWUUJAJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002240 furans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QFWPJPIVLCBXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N glymidine Chemical compound N1=CC(OCCOC)=CN=C1NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 QFWPJPIVLCBXFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- DKPHLYCEFBDQKM-UHFFFAOYSA-H hexapotassium;1-phosphonato-n,n-bis(phosphonatomethyl)methanamine Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)CN(CP([O-])([O-])=O)CP([O-])([O-])=O DKPHLYCEFBDQKM-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- ICIWUVCWSCSTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodic acid Chemical class OI(=O)=O ICIWUVCWSCSTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MVFCKEFYUDZOCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(2+);dinitrate Chemical compound [Fe+2].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O MVFCKEFYUDZOCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019837 monoammonium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M nitrite group Chemical group N(=O)[O-] IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000847 nonoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002446 octanoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001451 organic peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoceriooxy)cerium Chemical compound [Ce]=O.O=[Ce]=O BMMGVYCKOGBVEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013618 particulate matter Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;potassium Chemical compound [K].OP(O)(O)=O PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003214 poly(methacrylonitrile) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005646 polycarboxylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010094020 polyglycine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000232 polyglycine polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920013636 polyphenyl ether polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- KYKNRZGSIGMXFH-ZVGUSBNCSA-M potassium bitartrate Chemical compound [K+].OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O KYKNRZGSIGMXFH-ZVGUSBNCSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].OP(O)([O-])=O GNSKLFRGEWLPPA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000019394 potassium persulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OTYBMLCTZGSZBG-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium sulfate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OTYBMLCTZGSZBG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052939 potassium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011151 potassium sulphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AVTYONGGKAJVTE-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium tartrate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O AVTYONGGKAJVTE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001472 potassium tartrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940111695 potassium tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011005 potassium tartrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095574 propionic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009958 sewing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical class [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HWEYZGSCHQNNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon tantalum Chemical compound [Si].[Ta] HWEYZGSCHQNNEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045872 sodium percarbonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PFUVRDFDKPNGAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium peroxide Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][O-] PFUVRDFDKPNGAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N tetradecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCC[14C](O)=O TUNFSRHWOTWDNC-HKGQFRNVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrasodium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC([O-])=O)CC([O-])=O UEUXEKPTXMALOB-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AQLJVWUFPCUVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO.NC(N)=O AQLJVWUFPCUVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940005605 valeric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09G—POLISHING COMPOSITIONS; SKI WAXES
- C09G1/00—Polishing compositions
- C09G1/02—Polishing compositions containing abrasives or grinding agents
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23H—WORKING OF METAL BY THE ACTION OF A HIGH CONCENTRATION OF ELECTRIC CURRENT ON A WORKPIECE USING AN ELECTRODE WHICH TAKES THE PLACE OF A TOOL; SUCH WORKING COMBINED WITH OTHER FORMS OF WORKING OF METAL
- B23H3/00—Electrochemical machining, i.e. removing metal by passing current between an electrode and a workpiece in the presence of an electrolyte
- B23H3/08—Working media
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B23—MACHINE TOOLS; METAL-WORKING NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B23H—WORKING OF METAL BY THE ACTION OF A HIGH CONCENTRATION OF ELECTRIC CURRENT ON A WORKPIECE USING AN ELECTRODE WHICH TAKES THE PLACE OF A TOOL; SUCH WORKING COMBINED WITH OTHER FORMS OF WORKING OF METAL
- B23H5/00—Combined machining
- B23H5/06—Electrochemical machining combined with mechanical working, e.g. grinding or honing
- B23H5/08—Electrolytic grinding
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24B—MACHINES, DEVICES, OR PROCESSES FOR GRINDING OR POLISHING; DRESSING OR CONDITIONING OF ABRADING SURFACES; FEEDING OF GRINDING, POLISHING, OR LAPPING AGENTS
- B24B37/00—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories
- B24B37/005—Control means for lapping machines or devices
- B24B37/0056—Control means for lapping machines or devices taking regard of the pH-value of lapping agents
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24B—MACHINES, DEVICES, OR PROCESSES FOR GRINDING OR POLISHING; DRESSING OR CONDITIONING OF ABRADING SURFACES; FEEDING OF GRINDING, POLISHING, OR LAPPING AGENTS
- B24B37/00—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories
- B24B37/04—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories designed for working plane surfaces
- B24B37/042—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories designed for working plane surfaces operating processes therefor
- B24B37/044—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories designed for working plane surfaces operating processes therefor characterised by the composition of the lapping agent
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B24—GRINDING; POLISHING
- B24B—MACHINES, DEVICES, OR PROCESSES FOR GRINDING OR POLISHING; DRESSING OR CONDITIONING OF ABRADING SURFACES; FEEDING OF GRINDING, POLISHING, OR LAPPING AGENTS
- B24B37/00—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories
- B24B37/04—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories designed for working plane surfaces
- B24B37/046—Lapping machines or devices; Accessories designed for working plane surfaces using electric current
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09G—POLISHING COMPOSITIONS; SKI WAXES
- C09G1/00—Polishing compositions
- C09G1/04—Aqueous dispersions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K3/00—Materials not provided for elsewhere
- C09K3/14—Anti-slip materials; Abrasives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25F—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC REMOVAL OF MATERIALS FROM OBJECTS; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25F3/00—Electrolytic etching or polishing
- C25F3/02—Etching
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/3205—Deposition of non-insulating-, e.g. conductive- or resistive-, layers on insulating layers; After-treatment of these layers
- H01L21/321—After treatment
- H01L21/32115—Planarisation
- H01L21/3212—Planarisation by chemical mechanical polishing [CMP]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/3205—Deposition of non-insulating-, e.g. conductive- or resistive-, layers on insulating layers; After-treatment of these layers
- H01L21/321—After treatment
- H01L21/32115—Planarisation
- H01L21/3212—Planarisation by chemical mechanical polishing [CMP]
- H01L21/32125—Planarisation by chemical mechanical polishing [CMP] by simultaneously passing an electrical current, i.e. electrochemical mechanical polishing, e.g. ECMP
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/70—Manufacture or treatment of devices consisting of a plurality of solid state components formed in or on a common substrate or of parts thereof; Manufacture of integrated circuit devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/71—Manufacture of specific parts of devices defined in group H01L21/70
- H01L21/768—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics
- H01L21/76838—Applying interconnections to be used for carrying current between separate components within a device comprising conductors and dielectrics characterised by the formation and the after-treatment of the conductors
- H01L21/7684—Smoothing; Planarisation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/18—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer the devices having semiconductor bodies comprising elements of Group IV of the Periodic System or AIIIBV compounds with or without impurities, e.g. doping materials
- H01L21/30—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26
- H01L21/31—Treatment of semiconductor bodies using processes or apparatus not provided for in groups H01L21/20 - H01L21/26 to form insulating layers thereon, e.g. for masking or by using photolithographic techniques; After treatment of these layers; Selection of materials for these layers
- H01L21/3205—Deposition of non-insulating-, e.g. conductive- or resistive-, layers on insulating layers; After-treatment of these layers
- H01L21/321—After treatment
- H01L21/3213—Physical or chemical etching of the layers, e.g. to produce a patterned layer from a pre-deposited extensive layer
- H01L21/32133—Physical or chemical etching of the layers, e.g. to produce a patterned layer from a pre-deposited extensive layer by chemical means only
- H01L21/32134—Physical or chemical etching of the layers, e.g. to produce a patterned layer from a pre-deposited extensive layer by chemical means only by liquid etching only
Definitions
- Embodiments of the present invention relate to compositions and methods for removing a conductive material from a substrate.
- VLSI very large scale integration
- ULSI ultra large-scale integration
- Reliably producing sub-half micron and smaller features is one of the key technologies for the next generation of very large scale integration (VLSI) and ultra large-scale integration (ULSI) of semiconductor devices.
- VLSI very large scale integration
- ULSI ultra large-scale integration
- Reliable formation of interconnects is important to VLSI and ULSI success and to the continued effort to increase circuit density and quality of individual substrates and die.
- Multilevel interconnects are formed using sequential material deposition and material removal techniques on a substrate surface to form features therein. As layers of materials are sequentially deposited and removed, the uppermost surface of the substrate may become non-planar across its surface and require planarization prior to further processing. Planarization or “polishing” is a process where material is removed from the surface of the substrate to form a generally even, planar surface. Planarization is useful in removing excess deposited material, removing undesired surface topography, and surface defects, such as surface roughness, agglomerated materials, crystal lattice damage, scratches and contaminated layers or materials to provide an even surface for subsequent photolithography and other semiconductor processes.
- CMP chemical mechanical planarization or chemical mechanical polishing
- a substrate carrier or polishing head is mounted on a carrier assembly and positioned in contact with a polishing article in a CMP apparatus.
- the carrier assembly provides a controllable pressure to the substrate urging the substrate against the polishing pad.
- the pad is moved relative to the substrate by an external driving force.
- the CMP apparatus effects polishing or rubbing movement between the surface of the substrate and the polishing article while dispersing a polishing composition to effect both chemical activity and mechanical activity.
- a metal layer 20 is deposited on a substrate 10 to fill wide feature definitions 30 , also known as low density feature definitions, or narrow feature definitions 40 , also known as and high density feature definitions.
- Excess material called overburden, may be formed with a greater thickness 45 over the narrow feature definitions 40 and may have minimal deposition 35 over wide feature definitions 30 . Polishing of surfaces with overburden may result in the retention of residues 50 from inadequate metal removal over narrow features. Overpolishing processes to remove such residues 50 may result in excess metal removal over wide feature definitions 30 . Excess metal removal can form topographical defects, such as concavities or depressions known as dishing 55 , over wide features, as shown in FIG. 1B.
- Dishing of features and retention of residues on the substrate surface are undesirable since dishing and residues may detrimentally affect subsequent processing of the substrate.
- dishing results in a non-planar surface that impairs the ability to print high-resolution lines during subsequent photolithographic steps and detrimentally affects subsequent surface topography of the substrate, which affects device formation and yields.
- Dishing also detrimentally affects the performance of devices by lowering the conductance and increasing the resistance of the devices, causing device variability and device yield loss. Residues may lead to uneven polishing of subsequent materials, such as barrier layer materials (not shown) disposed between the conductive material and the substrate surface.
- Post CMP profiles generally show higher dishing on wide trenches than on narrow trenches or dense areas. Uneven polishing will also increase defect formation in devices and reduce substrate yields.
- substrate polishing processes must be very efficient to increase the throughput production. Often, defects are formed on substrates that are over polished due to an increase in process variables, such as chemical concentrations, electrical potentials and/or pressure of polishing articles. Some of these defects may be minimized by decreasing these variables, but with an increase of time and loss of throughput production.
- compositions and methods for removing conductive material from a substrate that minimizes damage to the substrate during planarization, as well as minimizes time for production.
- a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus and supplying a first polishing composition to the substrate.
- the polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent.
- the method further includes forming a passivation layer on the conductive material layer, abrading the passivation layer to expose a portion of the conductive material layer, applying a first bias to the substrate, and removing at least about 50% of the conductive material layer.
- the method further includes separating the substrate from the first polishing composition, exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias, and continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
- a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon includes positioning the substrate on a process apparatus and exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition comprising phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer and abrasive particulates. The method further includes applying a first bias to the substrate, removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer, exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias and continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
- a method of removing a conductive material layer includes providing the substrate to a process apparatus and exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition.
- the first polishing composition comprises from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid, from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of at least one chelating agent, from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor, from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of a salt, from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of an oxidizer, from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of an abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent.
- the method further includes applying a first bias to the substrate, removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer, and exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias to continue removing the conductive layer.
- the second polishing composition comprises about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid, from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of at least one chelating agent, and from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor.
- a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus, exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition with a first conductivity in a range from about 30 milliSiemens (mS) to about 60 mS, the first polishing composition comprising an oxidizer and abrasive particulates, and applying a first bias to the substrate.
- the method further includes exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition with a second conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS, and applying a second bias to the substrate to continue removing the conductive layer.
- a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus, exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition, and applying a first bias to the substrate.
- the first polishing composition includes phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent.
- the process further includes exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition, applying a second bias to the substrate, and continues removing the conductive layer.
- the second polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent.
- FIGS. 1A-1B are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating a polishing process performed on a substrate according to conventional processes
- FIG. 2 is a plan view of one embodiment of a processing apparatus of the invention.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a polishing process station.
- FIGS. 4A-4D are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating a polishing process performed on a substrate according to one embodiment for planarizing a substrate surface described herein.
- aspects of the inventions provide compositions and methods for removing at least a conductive material from a substrate surface.
- the inventions are described below in reference to a planarizing process for the removal of conductive materials from a substrate surface by an electrochemical mechanical polishing (ECMP) technique.
- ECMP electrochemical mechanical polishing
- Chemical mechanical polishing should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, planarizing a substrate surface using chemical activity and mechanical activity, or a concurrent application of chemical activity and mechanical activity.
- Electropolishing should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, removing material from a substrate by eroding the substrate surface under application of current.
- Electrochemical mechanical polishing should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, planarizing a substrate by the application of electrochemical activity, mechanical activity, chemical activity, or a concurrent application of a combination of electrochemical, chemical, and/or mechanical activity to remove material from a substrate surface.
- Anodic dissolution should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, the application of an anodic bias to a substrate directly or indirectly which results in the removal of conductive material from a substrate surface and into a surrounding polishing composition.
- Polishing composition should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, a composition that provides ionic conductivity, and thus, electrical conductivity, in a liquid medium, which generally comprises materials known as electrolyte components.
- the amount of each electrolyte component in polishing compositions can be measured in volume percent or weight percent. Volume percent refers to a percentage based on volume of a desired liquid component divided by the total volume of all of the liquid in the complete composition.
- a percentage based on weight percent is the weight of the desired component divided by the total weight of all of the liquid components in the complete composition.
- Abrading and abrasion should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, contacting a material and displacing, disturbing, or removing all or a portion of a material.
- the electrochemical mechanical polishing process may be performed in a process apparatus, such as a platform having one or more polishing stations adapted for electrochemical mechanical polishing processes.
- a platen for performing an electrochemical mechanical polishing process may include a polishing article, a first electrode, and a second electrode, wherein the substrate is in electrical contact with the second electrode.
- a first electrochemical mechanical polishing process may be performed on a first platen as described herein and the second electrochemical mechanical polishing process may be performed on the same or different platen adapted for electrochemical mechanical polishing, such as the second platen as described herein.
- FIG. 2 depicts an electrochemical processing apparatus 100 having at least two electrochemical mechanical polishing (ECMP) stations 102 and 103 .
- the system 100 may include at least one conventional polishing station 106 , such as a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) station, disposed adjacent the ECMP station 103 on a single platform or tool.
- polishing station 106 is a third ECMP station.
- One polishing tool that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is a REFLEXION® chemical mechanical polisher available from Applied Materials, Inc. located in Santa Clara, Calif. Examples of other polishing tools that may be adapted to benefit from the invention are MIRRA® and MIRRA MESATM chemical mechanical polishers also available from Applied Materials, Inc.
- the exemplary apparatus 100 generally includes a base 108 that supports the ECMP stations 102 and 103 , the polishing station 106 , a transfer station 110 and a carousel 112 .
- a loading robot 116 generally facilitates transfer of substrates 114 to and from the transfer station 110 of the apparatus 100 and a factory interface 120 .
- the factory interface 120 may include a cleaning module 122 , a metrology device 104 and one or more substrate storage cassettes 118 .
- a metrology device 104 that may be utilized in the factory interface 120 is a NovaScanTM Integrated Thickness Monitoring system, available from Nova Measuring Instruments, Inc., located in Phoenix, Ariz.
- the transfer station 110 includes an input buffer station 124 , an output buffer station 126 , a transfer robot 132 , and a load cup assembly 128 .
- the input buffer station 124 accepts substrates from the factory interface 120 by the loading robot 116 .
- the loading robot 116 is also utilized to return polished substrates from the output buffer station 126 to the factory interface 120 .
- the transfer robot 132 is utilized to move substrates between the buffer stations 124 , 126 and the load cup assembly 128 .
- the transfer robot 128 includes two gripper assemblies, each having pneumatic gripper fingers that hold the substrate 114 by the substrate's edge.
- the transfer robot 132 may simultaneously transfer a substrate to be processed from the input buffer station 124 to the load cup assembly 128 while transferring a processed substrate from the load cup assembly 128 to the output buffer station 126 .
- the carousel 112 has a plurality of arms 138 , each respectively supporting one of a plurality of polishing heads 130 . Each polishing head 130 retains one substrate 114 during processing. Substrates are loaded and unloaded from the polishing heads 130 by the load cup assembly 128 . One of the arms 138 depicted in FIG. 2 is not shown so that the transfer station 110 may be seen.
- the carousel 112 moves the polishing heads 130 between the load cup assembly 128 of the transfer station 110 , the ECMP stations 102 and 103 and the polishing stations 106 .
- One carousel 112 that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is generally described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,507, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. It is contemplated that other transfer mechanisms may be utilized to move substrates between the stations 102 , 103 , 104 and the transfer station 110 .
- the polishing head 130 retains the substrate 114 against the ECMP stations 102 and 103 or polishing station 106 during processing.
- Examples of embodiments of polishing heads 130 that may be adapted to benefit from the invention are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,183,354.
- Other polishing heads that may be adapted benefit from the invention include TITAN HEADTM and TITAN PROFILERTM wafer carriers, available from Applied Materials, Inc.
- the arrangement of the ECMP stations 102 and 103 and polishing station 106 on the apparatus 100 allows for the substrate 114 to be sequentially polished by moving the substrate between stations while being retained in the same polishing head 130 . Alternatively, substrates may be polished in other sequences.
- a controller 140 comprising a central processing unit (CPU) 142 , memory 144 , and support circuits 146 is connected to the polishing apparatus 100 .
- the CPU 142 may be one of any form of computer processor that can be used in an industrial setting for controlling various drives and pressures.
- the memory 144 is connected to the CPU 142 .
- the memory 144 or computer-readable medium, may be one or more of readily available memories such as random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), floppy disk, hard disk, or any other form of digital storage, local or remote.
- the support circuits 146 are connected to the CPU 142 for supporting the processor in a conventional manner. These circuits include cache, power supplies, clock circuits, input/output circuitry, subsystems, and the like.
- FIG. 3 depicts one embodiment of the ECMP station 102 and/or ECMP station 103 as a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a “face-down” process cell 200 .
- the process cell 200 generally includes a basin 204 and a polishing head 202 .
- a substrate 208 is retained in the polishing head 202 and lowered into the basin 204 during processing in a face down (e.g., backside up) orientation.
- An electrolyte such as described herein, flows into the basin 204 and is in contact with the substrate's surface and a polishing article assembly 222 , while the polishing head 202 places the substrate 208 in contact with the polishing article assembly 222 .
- the basin 204 includes the polishing article assembly 222 , a bottom 244 and sidewalls 246 that define a container that houses the polishing article assembly 222 .
- the sidewalls 246 include a port 218 formed therethrough to allow removal of polishing composition from the basin 204 .
- the port 218 is coupled to a valve 220 to selectively drain or retain the polishing composition in the basin 204 .
- the substrate 208 and the polishing article assembly 222 disposed in the basin 204 are moved relative to each other to provide a polishing motion (or motion that enhances polishing uniformity).
- the polishing motion generally comprises at least one motion defined by an orbital, rotary, linear or curvilinear motion, or combinations thereof, among other motions.
- the polishing motion may be achieved by moving either or both of the polishing head 202 and/or the basin 204 .
- the polishing head 202 may be stationary or driven to provide at least a portion of the relative motion between the basin 204 and the substrate 208 held by the polishing head 202 .
- the polishing head 202 is coupled to a drive system 210 .
- the drive system 210 can generally move the polishing head 202 with at least a rotary, orbital, sweep motion, or combinations thereof.
- the polishing head 202 generally retains the substrate 208 during processing.
- the polishing head 202 includes a housing 214 enclosing a bladder 216 .
- the bladder 216 may be deflated when contacting the substrate to create a vacuum therebetween, thus securing the substrate to the polishing head 202 to allow placement and removal of the substrate.
- the bladder 216 may additionally be inflated and pressurized to bias and assure contact between the substrate and the polishing article assembly 222 retained in the basin 204 .
- a retaining ring 238 is coupled to the housing 214 and circumscribes the substrate 208 to prevent the substrate from slipping out from the polishing head 202 while processing.
- polishing head that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is a TITAN HEADTM carrier head available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- TITAN HEADTM carrier head available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif.
- Another example of a polishing head that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,159,079, issued Dec. 12, 2001, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the basin 204 is generally fabricated from a plastic such as fluoropolymers, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) polymers, such as TEFLON®, perfluoroalkoxy resin (PFA), polyethylene-based plastics (PE), sulfonated polyphenylether sulfones (PES), or other materials that are compatible or non-reactive with the polishing composition or other chemicals used in the processing cell 200 .
- the basin 204 is rotationally supported above a base 206 by bearings 234 .
- a drive system 236 is coupled to the basin 204 and rotates the basin 204 during processing.
- a catch basin 228 is disposed on the base 206 and circumscribes the basin 204 to collect processing fluids, such as a polishing composition, that flow out of port 218 disposed through the basin 204 during and/or after processing.
- An outlet drain 219 and outlet valve 219 A are incorporated in the invention to allow the polishing composition in the catch basin to be sent to a reclaim system (not shown) or a waste drain (not shown).
- the basin 204 is rotated at a velocity from about 3 rpm (rotations per minute) to about 100 rpm
- the polishing head 202 is rotated at a velocity from about 5 rpm to about 200 rpm and also moved linearly at a velocity from about 5 cm/s (centimeters per second) to about 25 cm/s in a direction radial to the basin 204 .
- the preferred ranges for a 200 mm diameter substrate are a basin 204 rotational velocity from about 5 rpm to about 40 rpm and a polishing head 202 rotational velocity from about 7 rpm to about 100 rpm and a linear (e.g., radial) velocity of about 10 cm/s.
- the preferred ranges for a 300 mm diameter substrate are a basin 204 rotational velocity from about 5 rpm to about 20 rpm and a polishing head 202 rotational velocity from about 7 rpm to about 50 rpm and a linear (e.g., radial) velocity of about 10 cm/s.
- the basin 204 has a diameter between about 17 inches (43.2 cm) and about 30 inches (76.2 cm).
- the polishing head 202 may move along the radius of the basin 204 for a distance between about 0.1 inches (2.5 mm) and about 2 inches (5.1 cm).
- a polishing composition delivery system 232 is generally disposed adjacent the basin 204 .
- the polishing composition delivery system 232 includes a nozzle or outlet 230 coupled to a polishing composition source 242 .
- the outlet 230 delivers polishing composition or other processing fluids from the polishing composition source 242 into the basin 204 .
- the polishing composition delivery system may provide polishing composition through an inlet (not shown) in the bottom 244 of the process cell, thus allowing polishing composition to flow through the polishing article assembly 222 to contact the conductive polishing article 203 and substrate 208 .
- the polishing composition source 242 schematically shown here generally includes a source of all of the chemicals required to supply and support the polishing composition during processing.
- the current design it is further contemplated in one embodiment of the current design to continually recirculate the polishing composition through the polishing article assembly 222 and across the surface of the substrate 208 .
- the flow rate of polishing composition flowing through the process cell 200 is from about 0.1 L/min (liters per minute) to about 2 L/min.
- a conditioning device 250 may be provided proximate the basin 204 to periodically condition or regenerate the polishing article assembly 222 .
- the conditioning device 250 includes an arm 252 coupled to a stanchion 254 that is adapted to position and sweep a conditioning element 258 across polishing article assembly 222 .
- the conditioning element 258 is coupled to the arm 252 by a shaft 256 to allow clearance between the arm 252 and sidewalls 246 of the basin 204 while the conditioning element 258 is in contact the polishing article assembly 222 .
- the conditioning element 258 is typically a diamond or silicon carbide disk, which may be patterned to enhance working the surface of the polishing article assembly 222 into a predetermined surface condition/state that enhances process uniformity.
- the conditioning element 258 can be made of a NYLONTM brush or similar conditioner for in-situ conditioning the conductive polishing article 203 .
- One conditioning element 258 that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/676,280, filed Sep. 28, 2000 by Li et al., which is incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claims aspects and description herein.
- a power source 224 is coupled to the polishing article assembly 222 by electrical leads 223 A, 223 B.
- the power source 224 applies an electrical bias to the polishing article assembly 222 to drive an electrochemical process described below.
- the leads 223 A, 223 B are routed through a slip ring 226 disposed below the basin 204 .
- the slip ring 226 facilitates continuous electrical connection between the power source 224 and electrodes ( 209 and 203 ) in the polishing article assembly 222 as the basin 204 rotates.
- the leads 223 A, 223 B may be wires, tapes or other conductors compatible with process fluids or having a covering or coating that protects the leads from the process fluids.
- Examples of materials that may be utilized in the leads 223 A, 223 B include copper, graphite, titanium, platinum, gold, and HASTELOY® among other materials which can have an insulating coating on its exterior surface. Coatings disposed around the leads may include polymers such as fluorocarbons, PVC, polyamide and the like.
- the slip ring 226 can be purchased from manufacturers such as IDM Electronics LTD, Reading Berkshire, England, a division of Kaydon Corporation, Ann Arbor, Mich.
- the polishing article assembly 222 generally includes a conductive polishing article 203 coupled to a backing 207 and an electrode 209 .
- the backing 207 may also be coupled to an electrode 209 .
- the conductive polishing article 203 and the backing 207 have a plurality of holes or pores formed therein to allow the polish composition to make contact with, and thus provide a conductive path between the substrate 208 and the electrode 209 .
- a dielectric insert (not shown) may be disposed between the conductive polishing article 203 and the backing 207 or between the backing 207 and the electrode 209 to regulate the electrolyte flow through all or a portion of the conductive polishing article 203 , by use of a plurality of holes or pores formed therein.
- the conductive polishing article 203 is used to apply a uniform bias to the substrate surface by use of a conductive surface that makes contact with the surface of the substrate.
- the use of a conductive polishing article is generally preferred over the use of a conventional substrate contacting means such as discrete or point contacts, but should not be considered limiting to the scope of the present invention.
- the electrode 209 is generally biased as a cathode and the conductive polishing article 203 and substrate are biased as an anode through use of the power supply 224 .
- Examples of the conductive polishing article 203 are more fully disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20020119286, filed on Dec. 27, 2001, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/211,626, filed on Aug. 2, 2002, which are incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein.
- Examples of an embodiment of the conductive polishing article 203 utilizing conventional polishing material (non-conductive) with discrete conductive contacts are more fully disclosed in the U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/211,626, filed on Aug. 2, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein.
- both the anode and a cathode may be replaced simultaneously by simply removing a used polishing article assembly 222 from the basin 204 and inserting a new polishing article assembly 222 with fresh electrical and supporting components into the basin 204 .
- the face-down polishing apparatus is more fully disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20030213703, filed May 16, 2002, commonly assigned to Applied Materials Inc., of which paragraphs 27-82 are incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claims aspects and description herein.
- the conductive polishing article 203 , the backing 207 , optionally, the dielectric insert, and the electrode 209 are secured together to form a unitary body that facilitates removal and replacement of the polishing article assembly 222 from the basin 204 .
- the conductive polishing article 203 , the backing 207 , optionally the dielectric insert, and/or the electrode 209 may be coupled by use of methods such as adhesive bonding, thermal bonding, sewing, binding, heat staking, riveting, by use of fasteners and clamping, among others.
- the process cell 200 may be disposed on a polishing platform with one or more chemical mechanical polishing platens suitable for conductive material and/or barrier material removal.
- Such chemical mechanical polishing platens may contain fixed-abrasive or non-abrasive polishing articles and may use abrasive containing or abrasive-free polishing composition.
- the polishing articles for the polishing platens may be hard polishing articles, having a durometer or hardness of 50 or greater on a shore D Scale or soft polishing articles having a durometer or hardness of less than 50, typically 40 or less, on a shore D Scale.
- the polishing platform may be of a three platen variety, such as the MIRRA® polishing system, the MIRRA MESATM polishing system, and the REFLEXION® polishing system, that are commercially available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif., with the process cell 200 disposed at a first platen position, a conventional chemical mechanical polishing platen with a hard or soft polishing pad on a second platen position, and a barrier removal platen on the third platen position.
- MIRRA® polishing system such as the MIRRA MESATM polishing system, and the REFLEXION® polishing system
- the process cell 200 disposed at a first platen position, a conventional chemical mechanical polishing platen with a hard or soft polishing pad on a second platen position, and a barrier removal platen on the third platen position.
- a first process cell 200 disposed at a first platen position for example, ECMP station 102 , for a first electrochemical mechanical polishing process
- a second process cell 200 disposed at a second platen position for example, ECMP station 103
- a conventional chemical mechanical polishing platen with a hard or soft polishing pad such as polishing station 106
- any system enabling electrochemical mechanical polishing with or without the presence of chemical mechanical polishing ability may be used to advantage.
- Methods are provided for polishing a substrate to remove residues and minimize dishing within features, while increasing throughput with a decrease in polishing time.
- the methods may be performed by an electrochemical polishing technique.
- the method may include processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed over features, supplying a first polishing composition to the surface of the substrate, applying a pressure between the substrate and a polishing article, providing relative motion between the substrate and the polishing article, applying a bias between a first electrode and a second electrode in electrical contact with the substrate, removing at least about 50% of the conductive material, supplying a second polishing composition, applying a second bias, and continuing to remove the conductive material.
- a substrate generally includes a dielectric layer 310 formed on a substrate 300 .
- a plurality of apertures such as vias, trenches, contacts, or holes, are patterned and etched into the dielectric layer 310 , such as a dense array of narrow feature definitions 320 and low density of wide feature definitions 330 .
- the apertures may be formed in the dielectric layer 310 by conventional photolithographic and etching techniques.
- FIG. 4A depicts a substrate 300 and a conductive layer 370 before ECMP processes have been applied.
- FIG. 4B illustrates the substrate after at least about 50% of the conductive layer 370 has been removed by applying a first ECMP process.
- the remaining conductive layer 370 disposed upon a barrier layer 340 is removed by applying a second ECMP process, as illustrated in FIG. 4C.
- the remaining barrier layer 340 on the dielectric layer 310 may be removed by a third process, such as a CMP process or a third ECMP process.
- narrow and wide feature definitions may vary depending on the structures formed on the substrate surface, but can generally be characterized by the respective deposition profiles of excessive material deposition (or high overburden) formed over narrow feature definitions and minimal or low material deposition (minimal or low overburden), over wide feature definitions.
- narrow feature definitions may be about 0.13 ⁇ m in size and may have a high overburden as compared to wide feature definitions that may be about 10 ⁇ m in size and that may have minimal or insufficient overburden.
- high overburdens and low overburdens do not necessarily have to form over features, but may form over areas on the substrate surface between features.
- the dielectric layer 310 may comprise one or more dielectric materials conventionally employed in the manufacture of semiconductor devices.
- dielectric materials may include materials such as silicon dioxide, phosphorus-doped silicon glass (PSG), boron-phosphorus-doped silicon glass (BPSG), and silicon dioxide derived from tetraethyl orthosilicate (TEOS) or silane by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD).
- the dielectric layer may also comprise low dielectric constant materials, including fluoro-silicon glass (FSG), polymers, such as polyamides, carbon-containing silicon oxides, such as BLACK DIAMONDTM dielectric material, silicon carbide materials, which may be doped with nitrogen and/or oxygen, including BLOKTM dielectric materials, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- FSG fluoro-silicon glass
- polymers such as polyamides, carbon-containing silicon oxides, such as BLACK DIAMONDTM dielectric material, silicon carbide materials, which may be doped with nitrogen and/or oxygen, including BLOKTM dielectric materials, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a barrier layer 340 is disposed conformally in the feature definitions 320 and 330 and on the substrate 300 .
- the barrier layer 340 may comprise metals or metal nitrides, such as tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, tungsten, tungsten nitride and combinations thereof, or any other material that may limit diffusion of materials between the substrate and/or dielectric materials and any subsequently deposited conductive materials.
- a conductive material layer 360 is disposed on the barrier layer 340 .
- the term “conductive material layer” as used herein is defined as any conductive material, such as copper, tungsten, aluminum, and/or their alloys used to fill a feature to form lines, contacts or vias.
- a seed layer of a conductive material may be deposited on the barrier layer prior to the deposition of the conductive material layer 360 to improve interlayer adhesion and improve subsequent deposition processes.
- the seed layer may be of the same material as the subsequent material to be deposited.
- One type of conductive material layer 360 comprises copper containing materials.
- Copper containing materials include copper, copper alloys (e.g., copper-based alloys containing at least about 80 weight percent copper) or doped copper.
- copper alloys e.g., copper-based alloys containing at least about 80 weight percent copper
- doped copper copper, copper alloys, copper-based alloys containing at least about 80 weight percent copper
- the phrase “copper containing material,” the word “copper,” and the symbol “Cu” are intended to encompass copper, copper alloys, doped copper, and combinations thereof.
- the conductive material may comprise any conductive material used in semiconductor manufacturing processing.
- the deposited conductive material layer 360 has a deposition profile of excessive material deposition or high overburden 370 formed over narrow feature definitions 320 and minimal overburden 380 over wide feature definitions 330 .
- high overburdens and minimal overburdens are arbitrarily formed across the substrate surface between features.
- the substrate may then be positioned in a polishing apparatus, such as the apparatus described herein and shown in FIG. 3 and exposed to a polishing composition that can form a passivation layer 390 on the conductive material layer.
- a polishing apparatus such as the apparatus described herein and shown in FIG. 3 and exposed to a polishing composition that can form a passivation layer 390 on the conductive material layer.
- Suitable polishing compositions that may be used with the processes described herein to planarize metals, such as copper, may comprise an acid based electrolyte system, one or more chelating agents, one or more corrosion inhibitors, one or more inorganic or organic acid salts, one or more pH adjusting agents to produce a pH between about 2 and about 10, at least one oxidizer, and abrasive particulates.
- polishing compositions are particularly useful for removing copper, it is believed that the polishing compositions also may be used for the removal of other conductive materials, such as aluminum, platinum, tungsten, titanium, titanium nitride, tantalum, tantalum nitride, cobalt, gold, silver, ruthenium and combinations thereof.
- Mechanical abrasion such as from contact with the conductive polishing article 203 may be used with the polishing composition to improve planarity and improve removal rate of these conductive materials.
- the polishing composition includes an acid based electrolyte system for providing electrical conductivity.
- Suitable acid based electrolyte systems include, for example, phosphoric acid based electrolytes, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, salts thereof and combinations thereof.
- Suitable acid based electrolyte systems include an acid electrolyte, such as phosphoric acid, boric acid and/or citric acid, as well as acid electrolyte derivatives, including ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and copper salts thereof.
- the acid based electrolyte system may also buffer the composition to maintain a desired pH level for processing a substrate.
- the acid based electrolyte system may contains an acidic component that can take up about 1 to about 30 percent by weight (wt %) or volume (vol %) of the total composition of solution to provide suitable conductivity for practicing the processes described herein.
- acidic components include dihydrogen phosphate and/or diammonium hydrogen phosphate and may be present in the polishing composition in amounts from about 15 wt % to about 25 wt %.
- phosphoric acid may be present in concentrations up to 30 wt %, for example, between about 2 wt % and about 6 wt %.
- One aspect or component of the present invention is the use of one or more chelating agents to complex with the surface of the substrate to enhance the electrochemical dissolution process.
- the chelating agents can bind to a conductive material, such as copper ions, increase the removal rate of metal materials and/or improve dissolution uniformity across the substrate surface.
- the metal materials for removal, such as copper may be in any oxidation state, such as 0, 1, or 2, before, during or after ligating with a functional group.
- the functional groups can bind the metal materials created on the substrate surface during processing and remove the metal materials from the substrate surface.
- the chelating agents may also be used to buffer the polishing composition to maintain a desired pH level for processing a substrate.
- the chelating agents may also form or enhance the formation of a passivation layer on the substrate surface.
- the one or more chelating agents can include compounds having one or more functional groups selected from the group of amine groups, amide groups, carboxylate groups, dicarboxylate groups, tricarboxylate groups, hydroxyl groups, a mixture of hydroxyl and carboxylate groups, and combinations thereof.
- the one or more chelating agents may also include salts of the chelating agents described herein.
- the polishing composition may include one or more chelating agents at a concentration between about 0.1% and about 15% by volume or weight, but preferably utilized between about 0.1% and about 4% by volume or weight. For example, about 2% by volume of ethylenediamine may be used as a chelating agent.
- chelating agents having one or more carboxylate groups include citric acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, amino acids, salts thereof, and combinations thereof.
- chelating agents may include ammonium citrate, potassium citrate, ammonium succinate, potassium succinate, ammonium oxalate, potassium oxalate, potassium tartrate, and combinations thereof.
- the salts may have multi-basic states, for example, citrates have mono-, di- and tri-basic states.
- Suitable acids having one or more carboxylate groups include acetic acid, adipic acid, butyric acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, glutaric acid, glycolic acid, formaic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, lauric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, myristic acid, plamitic acid, phthalic acid, propionic acid, pyruvic acid, stearic acid, valeric acid, derivatives thereof, salts thereof and combinations thereof.
- Suitable chelating agents include compounds having one or more amine and amide functional groups, such as ethylenediamine (EDA), diethylenetriamine, diethylenetriamine derivatives, hexadiamine, amino acids, glycine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), methylformamide, derivatives thereof, salts thereof and combinations thereof.
- EDA ethylenediamine
- EDTA includes the acid as well as a variety of salts, such as sodium, potassium and calcium (e.g., Na 2 EDTA, Na 4 EDTA, K 4 EDTA or Ca 2 EDTA).
- the inorganic or organic acid salts may be used to perform as a chelating agent.
- the polishing composition may include one or more inorganic or organic salts at a concentration between about 0.1% and about 15% by volume or weight of the composition, for example, between about 0.1% and about 8% by volume or weight. For example, about 2% by weight of ammonium citrate may be used in the polishing composition.
- suitable inorganic or organic acid salts include ammonium and potassium salts or organic acids, such as ammonium oxalate, ammonium citrate, ammonium succinate, monobasic potassium citrate, dibasic potassium citrate, tribasic potassium citrate, potassium tartarate, ammonium tartarate, potassium succinate, potassium oxalate, and combinations thereof. Additionally, ammonium and potassium salts of the carboxylate acids may also be used.
- the corrosion inhibitors can be added to reduce the oxidation or corrosion of metal surfaces by forming a passivation layer that minimizes the chemical interaction between the substrate surface and the surrounding electrolyte.
- the layer of material formed by the corrosion inhibitors thus tends to suppress or minimize the electrochemical current from the substrate surface to limit electrochemical deposition and/or dissolution.
- the polishing composition may include between about 0.001% and about 5.0% by weight of the organic compound from one or more azole groups. The commonly preferred range being between about 0.2% and about 0.4% by weight.
- Examples of organic compounds having azole groups include benzotriazole (BTA), mercaptobenzotriazole, 5-methyl-1-benzotriazole (TTA), and combinations thereof.
- Other suitable corrosion inhibitors include film forming agents that are cyclic compounds, for example, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, and combinations thereof. Derivatives of benzotriazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, with hydroxy, amino, imino, carboxy, mercapto, nitro and alkyl substituted groups may also be used as corrosion inhibitors.
- Other corrosion inhibitor includes urea and thiourea among others.
- polymeric inhibitors for non-limiting examples, polyalkylaryl ether phosphate or ammonium nonylphenol ethoxylate sulfate, may be used in replacement or conjunction with azole containing corrosion inhibitors in an amount between about 0.002% and about 1.0% by volume or weight of the composition.
- One or more pH adjusting agents is preferably added to the polishing composition to achieve a pH between about 2 and about 10, and preferably between a pH of about 3 and about 7.
- the amount of pH adjusting agent can vary as the concentration of the other components is varied in different formulations, but in general the total solution may include up to about 70 wt % of the one or more pH adjusting agents, but preferably between about 0.2% and about 25% by volume.
- Different compounds may provide different pH levels for a given concentration, for example, the composition may include between about 0.1% and about 10% by volume of a base, such as potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide or combinations thereof, providing the desired pH level.
- the one or more pH adjusting agents can be chosen from a class of organic acids, for example, carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, phosphate-containing components including phosphoric acid, ammonium phosphates, potassium phosphates, and combinations thereof, or a combination thereof.
- carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, phosphate-containing components including phosphoric acid, ammonium phosphates, potassium phosphates, and combinations thereof, or a combination thereof.
- Inorganic acids including phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric, nitric acid, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof, may also be used as a pH adjusting agent in the polishing composition.
- the balance or remainder of the polishing compositions described herein is a solvent, such as a polar solvent, including water, preferably deionized water.
- a solvent such as a polar solvent, including water, preferably deionized water.
- Other solvent may be used solely or in combination with water, such as organic solvents.
- Organic solvents include alcohols, such as isopropyl alcohol or glycols, ethers, such as diethyl ether, furans, such as tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as pentane or heptane, aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, halogenated solvents, such as methylene chloride or carbon tetrachloride, derivatives, thereof and combinations thereof.
- the polishing composition may include one or more surface finish enhancing and/or removal rate enhancing materials including abrasive particles, one or more oxidizers, and combinations thereof.
- Abrasive particles may be used to improve the surface finish and removal rate of conductive materials from the substrate surface during polishing.
- the addition of abrasive particles to the polishing composition can allow the final polished surface to achieve a surface roughness of that comparable with a conventional CMP process even at low pad pressures. Surface finish, or surface roughness, has been shown to have an effect on device yield and post polishing surface defects.
- Abrasive particles may comprise up to about 30 wt % of the polishing composition during processing. A concentration between about 0.001 wt % and about 5 wt % of abrasive particles may be used in the polishing composition.
- Suitable abrasives particles include inorganic abrasives, polymeric abrasives, and combinations thereof.
- Inorganic abrasive particles that may be used in the electrolyte include, but are not limited to, silica, alumina, zirconium oxide, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, germania, or any other abrasives of metal oxides, known or unknown.
- colloidal silica may be positively activated, such as with an alumina modification or a silica/alumina composite.
- the typical abrasive particle size used in one embodiment of the current invention is generally from about 1 nm to about 1,000 nm, preferably from about 10 nm to about 100 nm.
- suitable inorganic abrasives have a Mohs hardness of greater than 6, although the invention contemplates the use of abrasives having a lower Mohs hardness value.
- the polymer abrasives described herein may also be referred to as “organic polymer particle abrasives”, “organic abrasives” or “organic particles.”
- the polymeric abrasives may comprise abrasive polymeric materials. Examples of polymeric abrasives materials include polymethylmethacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polystyrene, polymethacrylonitrile, and combinations thereof.
- the polymeric abrasives may have a Hardness Shore D of between about 60 and about 80, but can be modified to have greater or lesser hardness value.
- the softer polymeric abrasive particles can help reduce friction between a polishing article and substrate and may result in a reduction in the number and the severity of scratches and other surface defects as compared to inorganic particles.
- a harder polymeric abrasive particle may provide improved polishing performance, removal rate and surface finish as compared to softer materials.
- the hardness of the polymer abrasives can be varied by controlling the extent of polymeric cross-linking in the abrasives, for example, a higher degree of cross-linking produces a greater hardness of polymer and, thus, abrasive.
- the polymeric abrasives are typically formed as spherical shaped beads having an average diameter between about 0.1 micron to about 20 microns or less.
- the polymeric abrasives may be modified to have functional groups, e.g., one or more functional groups, that have an affinity for, i.e., can bind to, the conductive material or conductive material ions at the surface of the substrate, thereby facilitating the ECMP removal of material from the surface of a substrate.
- the organic polymer particles can be modified to have an amine group, a carboxylate group, a pyridine group, a hydroxide group, ligands with a high affinity for copper, or combinations thereof, to bind the removed copper as substitutes for or in addition to the chemically active agents in the polishing composition, such as the chelating agents or corrosion inhibitors.
- the substrate surface material such as copper
- the functional groups can bind to the metal material(s) on the substrate surface to help improve the uniformity and surface finish of the substrate surface.
- the polymeric abrasives have desirable chemical properties, for example, the polymer abrasives are stable over a broad pH range and are not prone to aggregating to each other, which allow the polymeric abrasives to be used with reduced or no surfactant or no dispersing agent in the composition.
- inorganic particles coated with the polymeric materials described herein may also be used with the polishing composition. It is within the scope of the current invention for the polishing composition to contain polymeric abrasives, inorganic abrasives, the polymeric coated inorganic abrasives, and any combination thereof depending on the desired polishing performance and results.
- One or more oxidizers may be used herein to enhance the removal or removal rate of the conductive material from the substrate surface.
- An oxidizing agent is generally an agent that reacts with a material by accepting an electron(s).
- the oxidizer is used to react with the surface of the substrate that is to be polished, which then aids in the removal of the desired material.
- an oxidizer may be used to oxidize a metal layer to a corresponding oxide or hydroxide, for example, copper to copper oxide.
- Existing copper that has been oxidized, including Cu 1+ ions may further be oxidized to a higher oxidation state, such as Cu 2+ ions, which may then promote the reaction with one or more of the chelating agents.
- the oxidizing agent can be used in some chemistries (e.g., low pH) that can enhance the chemical etching of the surface of the substrate to further increase the removal rate from the anode surface.
- some chemistries e.g., low pH
- the inhibitors and chelating agents will complex with the metal ions on the surface that become dislodged from the surface due to the relative motion and pressure applied by the conductive pad 203 .
- the addition of abrasives can further improve the removal rate of the complexed metal ions due to the abrasive particles ability to increase that contact area between the conductive pad 203 and the substrate surface.
- the conductive layer on the substrate surface is biased anodically above a threshold potential, by use of the power source 224 and the electrode 209 , thus causing the metal on the substrate surface to “oxidize” (i.e., a metal atom gives up one or more electrons to the power source 224 ).
- the ionized or “oxidized” metal atoms thus dissolve into the electrolyte solution with the help of components in the electrolyte.
- copper is the desired material to be removed, it can be oxidized to a Cu 1+ or a Cu 2+ oxidation state.
- the electrochemical dissolution process of the metal ions into the electrolyte is more limited than a polishing composition which does not contain these components.
- the presence of the inhibitors and/or chelating agents also appears to have an effect on the attachment strength of the metal ion(s) and inhibitor and/or chelating agent complex to the surface of the substrate. It has been found that in one embodiment that the removal rate in an ECMP process can be increased by the addition of an oxidizing agent. It is thought that the oxidizing agent tends to further oxidize the metal ions formed due to the anodic bias, which in the case of copper brings it to the more stable Cu 2+ oxidation state.
- the inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition complex with the oxidized metal ions which tend to have a lower attachment, or bond, strength due to the way the inhibitor bonds to the oxidized metal ion and metal surface.
- the lower attachment strength allows the complexed metal ion to be more easily and efficiently removed due to the interaction of the substrate surface and the conductive pad 203 .
- the addition of abrasives to the ECMP polishing composition can further improve the removal rate of the complexed metal ions due to the abrasive particles' ability to increase contact area between the conductive pad 203 and the substrate surface.
- the polishing composition may include one or more additive compounds.
- Additive compounds include electrolyte additives including, but not limited to, suppressors, enhancers, levelers, brighteners, stabilizers, and stripping agents to improve the effectiveness of the polishing composition in polishing of the substrate surface. For example, certain additives may decrease the ionization rate of the metal atoms, thereby inhibiting the dissolution process, whereas other additives may provide a finished, shiny substrate surface.
- the additives may be present in the polishing composition in concentrations up to about 15% by weight or volume, and may vary based upon the desired result after polishing.
- controlling the amounts and types of constituents of the polishing composition can result in tuning the desired removal rate of the process.
- reduced amounts of corrosion inhibitor will result in an increase in the material removal rate as compared to compositions having higher corrosion inhibitor concentrations.
- the polishing composition does not contain corrosion inhibitors the ECMP material removal rate is greatly increased over a polishing composition which contains a corrosion inhibitor due to the formation of the metal ions and inhibitor complex which tends to shield the surface of the substrate to the electrolyte.
- reduced amounts of oxidizers will generally result in lower removal rates compared to compositions having higher oxidizer compositions.
- the corrosion inhibitor and/or chelating agent can complex with a metal ion before it becomes oxidized further by the oxidizing agent due to kinetic effects limiting the supply of the oxidizer to the surface of the substrate.
- the corrosion inhibitor and metal ion complex can thus affect the removal efficiency due to the formation of the stronger attachment strength complexed metal ions.
- An example of a polishing composition described herein includes about 2% by volume ethylenediamine, about 2% by weight ammonium citrate, about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole, between about 0.1% and about 3% by volume or weight, for example, about 0.45% hydrogen, peroxide, and/or about between about 0.01% and 1% by weight, for example 0.15% by weight, of abrasive particles, and about 6% by volume phosphoric acid.
- the pH of the composition is about 5, which may be achieved by, for example, the composition further including potassium hydroxide to adjust the pH to the preferred range.
- the remainder of the polishing composition is deionized water.
- the oxidizer can be present in the polishing composition in an amount ranging between about 0.01% and about 90% by volume or weight, for example, between about 0.1% and about 20% by volume or weight. In an embodiment of the polishing composition, between about 0.1% to about 15% by volume or weight of hydrogen peroxide is present in the polishing composition. In one embodiment, the oxidizer is added to the rest of the polishing composition just prior to beginning the ECMP process.
- Suitable oxidizers include peroxy compounds, e.g., compounds that may disassociate through hydroxy radicals, such as hydrogen peroxide and its adducts including urea hydrogen peroxide, percarbonates, and organic peroxides including, for example, alkyl peroxides, cyclical or aryl peroxides, benzoyl peroxide, peracetic acid, and ditertbutyl peroxide.
- Sulfates and sulfate derivatives, such as monopersulfates and dipersulfates may also be used including for example, ammonium peroxydisulfate, potassium peroxydisulfate, ammonium persulfate, and potassium persulfate. Salts of peroxy compounds, such as sodium percarbonate and sodium peroxide may also be used.
- the oxidizing agent can also be an inorganic compound or a compound containing an element in its highest oxidation state.
- inorganic compounds and compounds containing an element in its highest oxidation state include but are not limited to periodic acid, periodate salts, perbromic acid, perbromate salts, perchloric acid, perchloric salts, perbonic acid, nitrate salts (such as cerium nitrate, iron nitrate, ammonium nitrate), ferrates, perborate salts and permanganates.
- Other oxidizing agents include bromates, chlorates, chromates, iodates, iodic acid, and cerium (IV) compounds such as ammonium cerium nitrate.
- Surfactants may be one such additive compound in the polishing composition.
- One or more surfactants may be used in the polishing composition to increase the dissolution or solubility of materials, such as metals and metal ions or by-products produced during processing, improve chemical stability, and reduce decomposition of components of the polishing composition.
- the one or more surfactants can comprise a concentration between about 0.001% and about 10% by volume or weight of the polishing composition.
- a concentration between about 0.01% and about 2% by volume or weight, for example between about 0.1% and about 1% by volume or weight, of the surfactants may be used in one embodiment of the polishing composition.
- the one or more surfactants may include non-ionic surfactants as well as ionic surfactants including anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and ionic surfactants having more than one ionic functional group, such as Zweitter-ionic surfactants. Dispersers or dispersing agents are considered to be surfactants as surfactants are used herein.
- additives include one or more leveling agents, which are broadly defined herein as additives that suppress dissolution current on the surface of a substrate.
- Leveling agents suppress dissolution current by attaching to conductive materials, by inhibiting the electrochemical reactions between the electrolyte and conductive material, and/or form depolarizing agents that limit electrochemical reactions.
- a concentration of leveling agents between about 0.005% and about 10% by volume or weight, for example, between about 0.05% and about 2% by volume or weight of the electrolyte solution can be used.
- Leveling agents include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polyethylene glycol derivatives.
- Other leveling agents which can be employed in the process described herein include any employed in the electroplating or electropolishing art, such as polyamines, polyamides and polyimides including polyethyleneimine, polyglycine, 2-amino-1-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-propanesulfonic acid, 4-aminotoluene-2-sulfonic acid.
- Leveling agents may be added to the composition in a range from about 0.05% to about 5% by volume or weight of the composition. For example, PEG may be added to a polishing solution with a concentration about 0.2wt %.
- Suppressors such as electrically resistive additives that reduce the conductivity of the polishing composition may be added to the composition in a range from about 0.005% to about 2% by volume or weight of the composition.
- Suppressors include polyacrylamide, polyacrylic acid polymers, polycarboxylate copolymers, coconut diethanolamide, oleic diethanolamide, ethanolamide derivatives, or combinations thereof.
- One or more stabilizers may be present in an amount that is sufficient to produce measurable improvements in composition stability.
- the one or more stabilizers may be present in an amount ranging from about 100 ppm to about 5.0 weight percent (wt %).
- preferred stabilizers include but are not limited to phosphoric acids and phosphoric acid derivatives including aminotri(methylenephosphonic) acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-4-diphophonic acid, hexamethylenediaminetetramethylene phosphoric acid, and diethylenetetramine pentamethylenephosphonic acid, and derivative salts thereof.
- Accelerators are another example of an additive that may be included in the polishing composition. Accelerators increase electrochemical reactions of metals disposed on the substrate surface to increase metal removal.
- the composition may include one or more accelerators at a concentration between about 0.001% and about 1% by volume or weight, for example, between about 0.25% and about 0.8% by volume or weight. Accelerators may include sulfur-containing compounds, such as sulfite or di-sulfate.
- ECMP solutions of varying compositions may be used to remove bulk material and residual material, such as copper and/or copper alloys, as well as to remove barrier materials, such as tantalum nitrides or titanium nitrides. Specific formulations of the polishing compositions are used to remove the particular materials. Polishing compositions utilized during embodiments herein are advantageous for ECMP processes. Generally, ECMP solutions are much more conductive than traditional CMP solutions. The ECMP solutions have a conductivity of about 10 mS or higher, while traditional CMP solutions have a conductivity from about 3 mS to about 5 mS.
- the conductivity of the ECMP solutions greatly influences that rate at which the ECMP process advances, i.e., more conductive solutions have a faster material removal rate.
- the ECMP solution has a conductivity of about 10 mS or higher, preferably in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS.
- the ECMP solution has a conductivity of about 10 mS or higher, preferably in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS.
- a first polishing composition or first ECPM solution used to remove bulk material may include phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, or abrasive particulates.
- a first polishing solution may include from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of a salt, such as ammonium citrate or copper citrate; from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of an oxidizer; and from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of abrasive particulates.
- a first polishing composition may have a pH adjusting agent in a concentration to maintain a pH from about 4
- the first polishing composition includes at least one chelating agent, such as EDA, EDTA, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- the corrosion inhibitor of the first polishing composition may include BTA, TTA, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- Salts may be added to the first polishing composition or may be formed in situ, such as by an acid/base type reaction. Salts may be inorganic, organic or combinations thereof and include cations such as ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and anions such as citrate, oxalate, succinate and tartrate.
- a pH adjusting agent includes potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide or combinations thereof.
- An oxidizer, such as hydrogen peroxide and/or abrasive particulates, such as colloidal silica activated with alumina may be added to the first polishing composition.
- a second polishing composition or second ECPM solution used to residual material may include phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates.
- a second polishing solution may include from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of a salt; from about 0.01 wt % to about 3 wt % of an oxidizer; and from about 0.05 wt % to about 5 wt % of abrasive particulates.
- a second polishing composition may have a pH adjusting agent in a concentration to maintain a pH from about 4 to about 7. Generally, a solvent is added to the
- the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition may include glycine, EDA, EDTA, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition may include BTA, TTA, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
- Salts may be added to the second polishing composition or may be formed in situ, such as by an acid/base type reaction. Salts may be inorganic, organic or combinations thereof and include cations such as ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and anions such as citrate, oxalate, succinate and tartrate.
- a pH adjusting agent includes potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide or combinations thereof.
- An oxidizer such as hydrogen peroxide and/or abrasive particulates, such as colloidal silica activated with alumina may be added to the second polishing composition.
- a second polishing composition includes BTA and glycine.
- a second polishing composition includes BTA, EDA and ammonium citrate.
- some of the second polishing compositions contain leveling agents, such as PEG.
- An electrochemical mechanical polishing technique using a combination of chemical activity, mechanical activity and electrical activity to remove material and planarize a substrate surface may be performed as follows.
- the substrate is disposed in a receptacle, such as a basin or platen containing a first electrode and a polishing composition.
- the polishing composition forms a passivation layer on the substrate surface.
- the passivation layer may chemically and/or electrically insulate material disposed on a substrate surface.
- a polishing article coupled to a polishing article assembly containing a second electrode is then disposed in the basin or platen and physically contacted and/or electrically coupled with the substrate through the polishing article. Relative motion is provided between the substrate surface and the conductive article 203 to reduce or remove the passivation layer.
- a bias from a power source 224 is applied between the two electrodes. The bias may be applied by an electrical pulse modulation technique providing at least anodic dissolution. The bias may be transferred from a conductive article 203 in the polishing article assembly 222 to the substrate 208 .
- a first ECMP process may be used to remove bulk conductive material from the substrate surface as shown from FIGS. 4A-4B and then a second ECMP process to remove residual copper containing materials as shown from FIGS. 4B-4C.
- Bulk material is broadly defined herein as any material deposited on the substrate in an amount more than sufficient to substantially fill features formed on the substrate surface.
- Residual material is broadly defined as any bulk copper containing material remaining after one or more polishing process steps.
- the bulk removal during a first ECMP process removes at least about 50% of the conductive layer, preferably at least about 70%, more preferably at least about 80%, for example, at least about 90%.
- the residual removal during a second ECMP process removes most, if not all the remaining conductive material disposed on the barrier layer to leave behind the filled plugs.
- the first ECMP process attributes to the throughput of substrate manufacturing due to a fast removal rate of the conductive layer. However, if the first ECMP process is used solely, too much conductive material may be removed to produce an under burden.
- the second ECMP process attributes to the throughput of substrate manufacturing due to the precise removal the conductive layer to form level substrate surfaces. However, the second ECMP process is too slow are removing conducting material to be solely used. Therefore, the combined first and second ECMP processes increases throughput and produces high quality planar substrate surfaces.
- the bulk removal ECMP process may be performed on a first polishing platen and the residual removal ECMP process on a second polishing platen of the same or different polishing apparatus as the first platen.
- the residual removal ECMP process may be performed on the first platen.
- Any barrier material may be removed on a separate platen, such as the third platen in the apparatus described in FIG. 2.
- the apparatus described above in accordance with the processes described herein may include three platens for removing bulk material or comprise one platen to remove bulk material, a second platen for residual removal and a third platen for barrier removal, wherein the bulk and the residual processes are ECMP processes and the barrier removal is a CMP process.
- three ECMP platens may be used to remove bulk material, residual removal and barrier removal.
- the substrate 300 having a dielectric layer 310 patterned with narrow feature definitions 320 and wide feature definitions 330 is filled with a barrier layer 340 , for example, tantalum, and an excess amount of conductive material 360 , for example, copper.
- the deposition profile of the excess material includes a high overburden 370 , also referred to as a hill or peak, formed over narrow feature definitions 320 and a minimal overburden 380 , also referred to as a valley, over wide feature definitions 330 .
- the substrate is exposed to a polishing composition described herein that forms a passivation layer 390 on the conductive material layer 360 .
- the passivation layer 390 forms on the exposed conductive material 360 on the substrate surface including the high overburden 370 , peaks, and minimal overburden 380 , valleys, formed in the deposited conductive material 360 .
- the passivation layer 390 chemically and/or electrically insulates the surface of the substrate from chemical and/or electrical reactions.
- the passivation layer is formed from the exposure of the substrate surface to the corrosion inhibitor and/or other materials capable of forming a passivating or insulating film, for example, chelating agents.
- the thickness and density of the passivation layer can dictate the extent of chemical reactions and/or amount of anodic dissolution. For example, a thicker or denser passivation layer 390 has been observed to result in less anodic dissolution compared to thinner and less dense passivation layers.
- control of the composition of passivating agents, corrosion inhibitors and/or chelating agents allow control of the removal rate and amount of material removed from the substrate surface.
- FIG. 4B illustrates that at least about 50% of the conductive material 360 was removed after the bulk removal of the first ECMP process, for example, about 90%.
- conductive material 360 may still include the high overburden 370 , peaks, and/or minimal overburden 380 , valleys, but with a reduced proportionally size.
- conductive material 360 may also be rather planar across the substrate surface (not pictured).
- the substrate surface and a polishing article are contacted with one another and moved in relative motion to one another, such as in a relative orbital motion, to remove portions of the passivation layer 390 formed on the exposed conductive material 360 , which may also remove a portion of the underlying conductive material 360 .
- the substrate surface and polishing article are contacted at a pressure less than about 2 pounds per square inch (lb/in 2 or psi) (13.8 kPa).
- Removal of the passivation layer 390 and some conductive material 360 may be performed with a process having a pressure of about 1 psi (6.9 kPa) or less, for example, from about 0.01 psi (69 Pa) to about 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa). In one aspect of the process, a pressure of about 0.2 psi (1.4 kPa) or less is used.
- the polishing pressures used herein reduce or minimize damaging shear forces and frictional forces for substrates containing low k dielectric materials. Reduced or minimized forces can result in reduced or minimal deformations and defect formation of features from polishing. Further, the lower shear forces and frictional forces have been observed to reduce or minimize formation of topographical defects, such as dishing and scratches, and delamination, during polishing.
- Contact between the substrate and a conductive polishing article also allows for electrical contact between the power source and the substrate by coupling the power source to the polishing article when contacting the substrate. A region of non-passivated material may be exposed and removed by anodic dissolution by mechanical abrasion to disturb or remove the passivation layer on the surface of the substrate.
- a bias is applied to the substrate during contact between the substrate surface and the conductive polishing article for anodic dissolution of the conductive material 360 from the substrate surface.
- the bias is generally provided to produce anodic dissolution of the conductive material from the surface of the substrate at a current density up to about 100 mA/cm 2 which correlates to an applied current of about 40 amps to process substrates with a diameter up to about 300 mm.
- a 200 mm diameter substrate may have a current density from about 0.01 mA/cm 2 to about 50 mA/cm 2 , which correlates to an applied current from about 0.01 A to about 20 A.
- the bias may be applied and monitored by volts, amps and watts.
- the power supply may apply a power between about 0 watts and 100 watts, a voltage between about 0 V and about 10 V, and a current between about 0 amps and about 10 amps.
- the substrate surface i.e., the conductive material layer 360 may be biased anodically above a threshold potential of the conductive material, for example, a metal material, on the substrate surface to “oxidize”.
- a metal material oxidizes, a metal atom gives up one or more electrons to the power source and forms metal ions or cations. The metal ions may then leave the substrate surface and dissolve into the electrolyte solution.
- cations can have the Cu 1+ or Cu 2+ oxidation state.
- the metal ions may also contribute to the formation of the thickness and/or density of the passivation layer 390 .
- the inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition may complex with the metal ions and the metal ions become incorporated into the passivation layer 390 .
- the presence of the inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition limit or reduce the electrochemical dissolution process of the metal ions into the electrolyte, and further incorporate such metal ions into the passivation layer 390 . It has been observed that the thickness and/or density of the undisturbed passivation layer may increase after periods of applied bias for anodic dissolution of conductive materials on the substrate surface.
- the increase in the thickness and/or density of the undisturbed passivation layer is related to the total applied power and is a function of time and/or power levels. It has also been observed that the undisturbed passivation layer incorporates metal ions and that the metal ions may contribute to the thickness and/or density of the passivation layer.
- the bias may be varied in power and application depending upon the user requirements in removing material from the substrate surface. For example, increasing power application has been observed to result in increasing anodic dissolution.
- the bias may also be applied by an electrical pulse modulation technique. Pulse modulation techniques may vary, but generally include a cycle of applying a constant current density or voltage for a first time period, then applying no current density or voltage or a constant reverse current density or voltage for a second time period. The process may then be repeated for one or more cycles, which may have varying power levels and durations.
- the power levels, the duration of power, an “on” cycle, and no power, an “off” cycle” application, and frequency of cycles may be modified based on the removal rate, materials to be removed, and the extent of the polishing process. For example, increased power levels and increased duration of power being applied have been observed to increase anodic dissolution.
- the pulse modulation process comprises an on/off power technique with a period of power application, “on”, followed by a period of no power application, “off”.
- the on/off cycle may be repeated one or more times during the polishing process.
- the “on” periods allow for removal of exposed conductive material from the substrate surface and the “off” periods allow for polishing composition components and by-products of “on” periods, such as metal ions, to diffuse to the surface and complex with the conductive material.
- the metal ions migrate and interact with the corrosion inhibitors and/or chelating agents by attaching to the passivation layer in the non-mechanically disturbed areas.
- control of the pulse modulation technique can control the removal rate and amount of material removed from the substrate surface.
- the “on”/“off” period of time may be between about 1 second and about 60 seconds each, for example, between about 2 seconds and about 25 seconds, and the invention contemplates the use of pulse techniques having “on” and “off” periods of time greater and shorter than the described time periods herein.
- power is applied between about 16% and about 66% of each cycle.
- Non-limiting examples of pulse modulation technique with an on/off cycle for electrochemical mechanical polishing of materials described herein include: applying power, “on”, between about 5 seconds and about 10 seconds and then not applying power, “off”, between about 2 seconds and about 25 seconds; applying power for about 10 seconds and not applying power for 5 seconds, or applying power for 10 seconds and not applying power for 2 seconds, or even applying power for 5 seconds and not applying power for 25 seconds to provide the desired polishing results.
- the cycles may be repeated as often as desired for each selected process.
- One example of a pulse modulation process is described in commonly assigned U.S. Pat. No. 6,379,223, which is incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein.
- a removal rate of conductive material of up to about 15,000 ⁇ /min can be achieved by the processes described herein. Higher removal rates are generally desirable, but due to the goal of maximizing process uniformity and other process variables (e.g., reaction kinetics at the anode and cathode) it is common for dissolution rates to be controlled from about 100 ⁇ /min to about 15,000 ⁇ /min.
- the voltage (or current) may be applied to provide a removal rate from about 100 ⁇ /min to about 5,000 ⁇ /min.
- the substrate is typically exposed to the polishing composition and power application for a period of time sufficient to remove at least a portion or all of the desired material disposed thereon.
- the polishing composition may be varied to control the rate in which the conductive material is removed.
- a first ECMP process is conducted with a first polishing solution, thereafter, a second ECMP process is conducted with a second polishing solution more dilute than the first polishing solution, for example, the second polishing solution is about 25% the concentration of the first polishing solution.
- the first ECMP composition may comprise: from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the salt; from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of the oxidizer; and from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of the abrasive particulates.
- the second ECMP composition may comprise: from about 0.25 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.05 wt % to about 3 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.005 wt % to about 0.5 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.13 wt % to about 5 wt % of the salt; from about 0.05 wt % to about 3 wt % of the oxidizer; and from about 0.02 wt % to about 0.5 wt % of the abrasive particulates.
- the first ECMP solution and second ECMP solution have the similar relative concentrations of each component except water, whereas the second ECMP solution is formed by combining de-ionized water to the first ECMP solution, for example at a volume ratio of about 3 to about 1.
- the first polishing solution and second polishing solution have the varied relative concentrations of each component within water.
- the removal rate of conductive material 360 is much faster during the first ECMP process than during the second ECMP process.
- the first ECMP process removes conductive material 360 at a rate from about 1,000 ⁇ /min to about 15,000 ⁇ /min
- the second ECMP process removes conductive material 360 at a rate from about 100 ⁇ /min to about 8,000 ⁇ /min.
- the second ECMP process is slower in order to prevent excess metal removal to form topographical defects, such as concavities or depressions known as dishing 55 , as shown in FIG. 1B. Therefore, a majority of the conductive layer 360 is removed at a faster rate during the first ECMP process than the remaining conductive layer 360 during the second ECMP process.
- the two-step ECMP process increases throughput of the total substrate processing and while producing a smooth surface with little or no defects.
- Mechanical abrasion by a conductive polishing article removes the passivation layer that insulates or suppresses the current for anodic dissolution, such that areas of high overburden is preferentially removed over areas of minimal overburden as the passivation layer is retained in areas of minimal or no contact with the conductive polishing article 203 .
- the removal rate of the conductive material 360 covered by the passivation layer is less than the removal rate of conductive material without the passivation layer. As such, the excess material disposed over narrow feature definitions 320 and the substrate field 350 is removed at a higher rate than over wide feature definitions 330 still covered by the passivation layer 390 .
- the conductive layer 360 is removed to expose barrier layer 340 and conductive trenches 365 by polishing the substrate with a second ECMP process including a second ECMP polishing solution.
- the conductive trenches 365 are formed by the remaining conductive material 360 .
- Any residual conductive material and barrier material may then be polished by a third polishing step to provide a planarized substrate surface containing conductive trenches 365 , as depicted in FIG. 4D.
- the residual conductive material and barrier material may be removed by a third polishing process, such as a third ECMP process or a CMP process.
- An example of a copper polishing process is disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20030029841 and an example of a barrier polishing process is disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20030013306, which are both incorporated herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claims aspects and disclosure herein.
- the substrate may then be buffed to minimize surface defects. Buffing may be performed with a soft polishing article, i.e., a hardness of about 40 or less on the Shore D hardness scale as described and measured by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), headquartered in Philadelphia, Pa., at reduced polishing pressures, such as about 2 psi or less.
- ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
- An example of a suitable buffing process and composition is disclosed in co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/569,968, filed on May 11, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the invention.
- a cleaning solution may be applied to the substrate after each of the polishing process to remove particulate matter and spent reagents from the polishing process as well as help minimize metal residue deposition on the polishing articles and defects formed on a substrate surface.
- An example of a suitable cleaning solution is ElectraCleanTM commercially available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif.
- the substrate may be exposed to a post polishing cleaning process to reduce defects formed during polishing or substrate handling.
- a post polishing cleaning process is the application of Electra CleanTM, commercially available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed onto the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- silica (SiO 2 ) abrasive particles [0140] about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO 2 ) abrasive particles.
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- silica (SiO 2 ) abrasive particles [0160] about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO 2 ) abrasive particles.
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- silica (SiO 2 ) abrasive particles [0181] about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO 2 ) abrasive particles.
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- a copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif.
- a substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 ⁇ thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 ⁇ was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 ⁇ .
- a polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process.
- the substrate was polished and examined.
- the excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
Abstract
A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon is provided which includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus and supplying a first polishing composition between to the substrate. The polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7 and a solvent. The method further includes forming a passivation layer on the conductive material layer, abrading the passivation layer to expose a portion of the conductive material layer, applying a first bias to the substrate, and removing at least about 50% of the conductive material layer. The method further includes separating the substrate from the first polishing composition, exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias, and continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
Description
- This application is a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/608,404, filed Jun. 26, 2003, entitled “Method and Composition for Polishing a Substrate,” and is also a continuation-in-part of co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/456,220, filed Jun. 6, 2003, entitled “Method and Composition for Polishing a Substrate,” which are both incorporated by reference herein.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- Embodiments of the present invention relate to compositions and methods for removing a conductive material from a substrate.
- 2. Background of the Related Art
- Reliably producing sub-half micron and smaller features is one of the key technologies for the next generation of very large scale integration (VLSI) and ultra large-scale integration (ULSI) of semiconductor devices. However, as the limits of circuit technology are pushed, the shrinking dimensions of interconnects in VLSI and ULSI technology have placed additional demands on processing capabilities. Reliable formation of interconnects is important to VLSI and ULSI success and to the continued effort to increase circuit density and quality of individual substrates and die.
- Multilevel interconnects are formed using sequential material deposition and material removal techniques on a substrate surface to form features therein. As layers of materials are sequentially deposited and removed, the uppermost surface of the substrate may become non-planar across its surface and require planarization prior to further processing. Planarization or “polishing” is a process where material is removed from the surface of the substrate to form a generally even, planar surface. Planarization is useful in removing excess deposited material, removing undesired surface topography, and surface defects, such as surface roughness, agglomerated materials, crystal lattice damage, scratches and contaminated layers or materials to provide an even surface for subsequent photolithography and other semiconductor processes.
- Chemical mechanical planarization or chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) is a common technique used to planarize substrates. In conventional CMP techniques, a substrate carrier or polishing head is mounted on a carrier assembly and positioned in contact with a polishing article in a CMP apparatus. The carrier assembly provides a controllable pressure to the substrate urging the substrate against the polishing pad. The pad is moved relative to the substrate by an external driving force. Thus, the CMP apparatus effects polishing or rubbing movement between the surface of the substrate and the polishing article while dispersing a polishing composition to effect both chemical activity and mechanical activity.
- However, materials deposited on the surface of a substrate to fill feature definitions formed therein often result in unevenly formed surfaces over feature definitions of variable density. Referring to FIG. 1A, a
metal layer 20 is deposited on asubstrate 10 to fillwide feature definitions 30, also known as low density feature definitions, ornarrow feature definitions 40, also known as and high density feature definitions. Excess material, called overburden, may be formed with agreater thickness 45 over thenarrow feature definitions 40 and may haveminimal deposition 35 overwide feature definitions 30. Polishing of surfaces with overburden may result in the retention ofresidues 50 from inadequate metal removal over narrow features. Overpolishing processes to removesuch residues 50 may result in excess metal removal overwide feature definitions 30. Excess metal removal can form topographical defects, such as concavities or depressions known as dishing 55, over wide features, as shown in FIG. 1B. - Dishing of features and retention of residues on the substrate surface are undesirable since dishing and residues may detrimentally affect subsequent processing of the substrate. For example, dishing results in a non-planar surface that impairs the ability to print high-resolution lines during subsequent photolithographic steps and detrimentally affects subsequent surface topography of the substrate, which affects device formation and yields. Dishing also detrimentally affects the performance of devices by lowering the conductance and increasing the resistance of the devices, causing device variability and device yield loss. Residues may lead to uneven polishing of subsequent materials, such as barrier layer materials (not shown) disposed between the conductive material and the substrate surface. Post CMP profiles generally show higher dishing on wide trenches than on narrow trenches or dense areas. Uneven polishing will also increase defect formation in devices and reduce substrate yields.
- Also, substrate polishing processes must be very efficient to increase the throughput production. Often, defects are formed on substrates that are over polished due to an increase in process variables, such as chemical concentrations, electrical potentials and/or pressure of polishing articles. Some of these defects may be minimized by decreasing these variables, but with an increase of time and loss of throughput production.
- Therefore, there is a need for compositions and methods for removing conductive material from a substrate that minimizes damage to the substrate during planarization, as well as minimizes time for production.
- In one embodiment, a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon is provided which includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus and supplying a first polishing composition to the substrate. The polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent. The method further includes forming a passivation layer on the conductive material layer, abrading the passivation layer to expose a portion of the conductive material layer, applying a first bias to the substrate, and removing at least about 50% of the conductive material layer. The method further includes separating the substrate from the first polishing composition, exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias, and continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
- In another embodiment, a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon is provided which includes positioning the substrate on a process apparatus and exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition comprising phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer and abrasive particulates. The method further includes applying a first bias to the substrate, removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer, exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias and continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
- In another embodiment, a method of removing a conductive material layer is provided which includes providing the substrate to a process apparatus and exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition. The first polishing composition comprises from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid, from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of at least one chelating agent, from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor, from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of a salt, from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of an oxidizer, from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of an abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent. The method further includes applying a first bias to the substrate, removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer, and exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias to continue removing the conductive layer. The second polishing composition comprises about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid, from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of at least one chelating agent, and from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor.
- In another embodiment, a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon is provided which includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus, exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition with a first conductivity in a range from about 30 milliSiemens (mS) to about 60 mS, the first polishing composition comprising an oxidizer and abrasive particulates, and applying a first bias to the substrate. The method further includes exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition with a second conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS, and applying a second bias to the substrate to continue removing the conductive layer.
- In another embodiment, a method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon is provided which includes positioning the substrate in a process apparatus, exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition, and applying a first bias to the substrate. The first polishing composition includes phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent. The process further includes exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition, applying a second bias to the substrate, and continues removing the conductive layer. The second polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent.
- So that the manner in which the above recited aspects of the present invention are attained and can be understood in detail, a more particular description of embodiments of the invention, briefly summarized above, may be had by reference to the embodiments thereof which are illustrated in the appended drawings.
- It is to be noted, however, that the appended drawings illustrate only typical embodiments of this invention and are therefore not to be considered limiting of its scope, for the invention may admit to other equally effective embodiments.
- FIGS. 1A-1B are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating a polishing process performed on a substrate according to conventional processes;
- FIG. 2 is a plan view of one embodiment of a processing apparatus of the invention;
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a polishing process station; and
- FIGS. 4A-4D are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating a polishing process performed on a substrate according to one embodiment for planarizing a substrate surface described herein.
- In general, aspects of the inventions provide compositions and methods for removing at least a conductive material from a substrate surface. The inventions are described below in reference to a planarizing process for the removal of conductive materials from a substrate surface by an electrochemical mechanical polishing (ECMP) technique.
- The words and phrases used herein should be given their ordinary and customary meaning in the art by one skilled in the art unless otherwise further defined. Chemical mechanical polishing should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, planarizing a substrate surface using chemical activity and mechanical activity, or a concurrent application of chemical activity and mechanical activity. Electropolishing should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, removing material from a substrate by eroding the substrate surface under application of current. Electrochemical mechanical polishing (ECMP) should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, planarizing a substrate by the application of electrochemical activity, mechanical activity, chemical activity, or a concurrent application of a combination of electrochemical, chemical, and/or mechanical activity to remove material from a substrate surface.
- Anodic dissolution should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, the application of an anodic bias to a substrate directly or indirectly which results in the removal of conductive material from a substrate surface and into a surrounding polishing composition. Polishing composition should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, a composition that provides ionic conductivity, and thus, electrical conductivity, in a liquid medium, which generally comprises materials known as electrolyte components. The amount of each electrolyte component in polishing compositions can be measured in volume percent or weight percent. Volume percent refers to a percentage based on volume of a desired liquid component divided by the total volume of all of the liquid in the complete composition. A percentage based on weight percent is the weight of the desired component divided by the total weight of all of the liquid components in the complete composition. Abrading and abrasion should be broadly construed and includes, but is not limited to, contacting a material and displacing, disturbing, or removing all or a portion of a material.
- The electrochemical mechanical polishing process may be performed in a process apparatus, such as a platform having one or more polishing stations adapted for electrochemical mechanical polishing processes. A platen for performing an electrochemical mechanical polishing process may include a polishing article, a first electrode, and a second electrode, wherein the substrate is in electrical contact with the second electrode. A first electrochemical mechanical polishing process may be performed on a first platen as described herein and the second electrochemical mechanical polishing process may be performed on the same or different platen adapted for electrochemical mechanical polishing, such as the second platen as described herein.
- One Apparatus Embodiment
- FIG. 2 depicts an
electrochemical processing apparatus 100 having at least two electrochemical mechanical polishing (ECMP)stations system 100 may include at least oneconventional polishing station 106, such as a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) station, disposed adjacent theECMP station 103 on a single platform or tool. In one embodiment, polishingstation 106 is a third ECMP station. One polishing tool that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is a REFLEXION® chemical mechanical polisher available from Applied Materials, Inc. located in Santa Clara, Calif. Examples of other polishing tools that may be adapted to benefit from the invention are MIRRA® and MIRRA MESA™ chemical mechanical polishers also available from Applied Materials, Inc. - The
exemplary apparatus 100 generally includes a base 108 that supports theECMP stations station 106, atransfer station 110 and acarousel 112. Aloading robot 116 generally facilitates transfer ofsubstrates 114 to and from thetransfer station 110 of theapparatus 100 and afactory interface 120. Thefactory interface 120 may include acleaning module 122, ametrology device 104 and one or moresubstrate storage cassettes 118. One example of ametrology device 104 that may be utilized in thefactory interface 120 is a NovaScan™ Integrated Thickness Monitoring system, available from Nova Measuring Instruments, Inc., located in Phoenix, Ariz. - In one embodiment, the
transfer station 110 includes aninput buffer station 124, anoutput buffer station 126, atransfer robot 132, and aload cup assembly 128. Theinput buffer station 124 accepts substrates from thefactory interface 120 by theloading robot 116. Theloading robot 116 is also utilized to return polished substrates from theoutput buffer station 126 to thefactory interface 120. Thetransfer robot 132 is utilized to move substrates between thebuffer stations load cup assembly 128. - In one embodiment, the
transfer robot 128 includes two gripper assemblies, each having pneumatic gripper fingers that hold thesubstrate 114 by the substrate's edge. Thetransfer robot 132 may simultaneously transfer a substrate to be processed from theinput buffer station 124 to theload cup assembly 128 while transferring a processed substrate from theload cup assembly 128 to theoutput buffer station 126. - The
carousel 112 has a plurality ofarms 138, each respectively supporting one of a plurality of polishing heads 130. Each polishinghead 130 retains onesubstrate 114 during processing. Substrates are loaded and unloaded from the polishing heads 130 by theload cup assembly 128. One of thearms 138 depicted in FIG. 2 is not shown so that thetransfer station 110 may be seen. Thecarousel 112 moves the polishing heads 130 between theload cup assembly 128 of thetransfer station 110, theECMP stations stations 106. Onecarousel 112 that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is generally described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,804,507, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. It is contemplated that other transfer mechanisms may be utilized to move substrates between thestations transfer station 110. - The polishing
head 130 retains thesubstrate 114 against theECMP stations station 106 during processing. Examples of embodiments of polishingheads 130 that may be adapted to benefit from the invention are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,183,354. Other polishing heads that may be adapted benefit from the invention include TITAN HEAD™ and TITAN PROFILER™ wafer carriers, available from Applied Materials, Inc. The arrangement of theECMP stations station 106 on theapparatus 100 allows for thesubstrate 114 to be sequentially polished by moving the substrate between stations while being retained in thesame polishing head 130. Alternatively, substrates may be polished in other sequences. - To facilitate control of the
polishing apparatus 100 and processes performed thereon, acontroller 140 comprising a central processing unit (CPU) 142,memory 144, and supportcircuits 146 is connected to thepolishing apparatus 100. TheCPU 142 may be one of any form of computer processor that can be used in an industrial setting for controlling various drives and pressures. Thememory 144 is connected to theCPU 142. Thememory 144, or computer-readable medium, may be one or more of readily available memories such as random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), floppy disk, hard disk, or any other form of digital storage, local or remote. Thesupport circuits 146 are connected to theCPU 142 for supporting the processor in a conventional manner. These circuits include cache, power supplies, clock circuits, input/output circuitry, subsystems, and the like. - FIG. 3 depicts one embodiment of the
ECMP station 102 and/orECMP station 103 as a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a “face-down”process cell 200. Theprocess cell 200 generally includes abasin 204 and a polishinghead 202. Asubstrate 208 is retained in the polishinghead 202 and lowered into thebasin 204 during processing in a face down (e.g., backside up) orientation. An electrolyte, such as described herein, flows into thebasin 204 and is in contact with the substrate's surface and a polishingarticle assembly 222, while the polishinghead 202 places thesubstrate 208 in contact with the polishingarticle assembly 222. Thebasin 204 includes the polishingarticle assembly 222, a bottom 244 and sidewalls 246 that define a container that houses the polishingarticle assembly 222. The sidewalls 246 include aport 218 formed therethrough to allow removal of polishing composition from thebasin 204. Theport 218 is coupled to avalve 220 to selectively drain or retain the polishing composition in thebasin 204. - The
substrate 208 and the polishingarticle assembly 222 disposed in thebasin 204 are moved relative to each other to provide a polishing motion (or motion that enhances polishing uniformity). The polishing motion generally comprises at least one motion defined by an orbital, rotary, linear or curvilinear motion, or combinations thereof, among other motions. The polishing motion may be achieved by moving either or both of the polishinghead 202 and/or thebasin 204. The polishinghead 202 may be stationary or driven to provide at least a portion of the relative motion between thebasin 204 and thesubstrate 208 held by the polishinghead 202. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 3, the polishinghead 202 is coupled to adrive system 210. Thedrive system 210 can generally move the polishinghead 202 with at least a rotary, orbital, sweep motion, or combinations thereof. - The polishing
head 202 generally retains thesubstrate 208 during processing. In one embodiment, the polishinghead 202 includes ahousing 214 enclosing abladder 216. Thebladder 216 may be deflated when contacting the substrate to create a vacuum therebetween, thus securing the substrate to the polishinghead 202 to allow placement and removal of the substrate. Thebladder 216 may additionally be inflated and pressurized to bias and assure contact between the substrate and the polishingarticle assembly 222 retained in thebasin 204. A retainingring 238 is coupled to thehousing 214 and circumscribes thesubstrate 208 to prevent the substrate from slipping out from the polishinghead 202 while processing. One polishing head that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is a TITAN HEAD™ carrier head available from Applied Materials, Inc., located in Santa Clara, Calif. Another example of a polishing head that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,159,079, issued Dec. 12, 2001, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - The
basin 204 is generally fabricated from a plastic such as fluoropolymers, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) polymers, such as TEFLON®, perfluoroalkoxy resin (PFA), polyethylene-based plastics (PE), sulfonated polyphenylether sulfones (PES), or other materials that are compatible or non-reactive with the polishing composition or other chemicals used in theprocessing cell 200. Thebasin 204 is rotationally supported above abase 206 bybearings 234. Adrive system 236 is coupled to thebasin 204 and rotates thebasin 204 during processing. Acatch basin 228 is disposed on thebase 206 and circumscribes thebasin 204 to collect processing fluids, such as a polishing composition, that flow out ofport 218 disposed through thebasin 204 during and/or after processing. Anoutlet drain 219 andoutlet valve 219A are incorporated in the invention to allow the polishing composition in the catch basin to be sent to a reclaim system (not shown) or a waste drain (not shown). - In one embodiment the
basin 204 is rotated at a velocity from about 3 rpm (rotations per minute) to about 100 rpm, and the polishinghead 202 is rotated at a velocity from about 5 rpm to about 200 rpm and also moved linearly at a velocity from about 5 cm/s (centimeters per second) to about 25 cm/s in a direction radial to thebasin 204. The preferred ranges for a 200 mm diameter substrate are abasin 204 rotational velocity from about 5 rpm to about 40 rpm and a polishinghead 202 rotational velocity from about 7 rpm to about 100 rpm and a linear (e.g., radial) velocity of about 10 cm/s. The preferred ranges for a 300 mm diameter substrate are abasin 204 rotational velocity from about 5 rpm to about 20 rpm and a polishinghead 202 rotational velocity from about 7 rpm to about 50 rpm and a linear (e.g., radial) velocity of about 10 cm/s. In one embodiment of the present invention thebasin 204 has a diameter between about 17 inches (43.2 cm) and about 30 inches (76.2 cm). The polishinghead 202 may move along the radius of thebasin 204 for a distance between about 0.1 inches (2.5 mm) and about 2 inches (5.1 cm). - A polishing
composition delivery system 232 is generally disposed adjacent thebasin 204. The polishingcomposition delivery system 232 includes a nozzle oroutlet 230 coupled to a polishingcomposition source 242. Theoutlet 230 delivers polishing composition or other processing fluids from the polishingcomposition source 242 into thebasin 204. Alternatively, the polishing composition delivery system may provide polishing composition through an inlet (not shown) in thebottom 244 of the process cell, thus allowing polishing composition to flow through the polishingarticle assembly 222 to contact theconductive polishing article 203 andsubstrate 208. The polishingcomposition source 242 schematically shown here generally includes a source of all of the chemicals required to supply and support the polishing composition during processing. It is further contemplated in one embodiment of the current design to continually recirculate the polishing composition through the polishingarticle assembly 222 and across the surface of thesubstrate 208. In one embodiment the flow rate of polishing composition flowing through theprocess cell 200 is from about 0.1 L/min (liters per minute) to about 2 L/min. - Optionally, and shown in FIG. 3, a
conditioning device 250 may be provided proximate thebasin 204 to periodically condition or regenerate the polishingarticle assembly 222. Typically, theconditioning device 250 includes anarm 252 coupled to astanchion 254 that is adapted to position and sweep aconditioning element 258 across polishingarticle assembly 222. Theconditioning element 258 is coupled to thearm 252 by ashaft 256 to allow clearance between thearm 252 and sidewalls 246 of thebasin 204 while theconditioning element 258 is in contact the polishingarticle assembly 222. Theconditioning element 258 is typically a diamond or silicon carbide disk, which may be patterned to enhance working the surface of the polishingarticle assembly 222 into a predetermined surface condition/state that enhances process uniformity. Alternatively, theconditioning element 258 can be made of a NYLON™ brush or similar conditioner for in-situ conditioning theconductive polishing article 203. Oneconditioning element 258 that may be adapted to benefit from the invention is described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/676,280, filed Sep. 28, 2000 by Li et al., which is incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claims aspects and description herein. - A
power source 224 is coupled to the polishingarticle assembly 222 byelectrical leads 223A, 223B. Thepower source 224 applies an electrical bias to the polishingarticle assembly 222 to drive an electrochemical process described below. The leads 223A, 223B are routed through aslip ring 226 disposed below thebasin 204. Theslip ring 226 facilitates continuous electrical connection between thepower source 224 and electrodes (209 and 203) in the polishingarticle assembly 222 as thebasin 204 rotates. The leads 223A, 223B may be wires, tapes or other conductors compatible with process fluids or having a covering or coating that protects the leads from the process fluids. Examples of materials that may be utilized in theleads 223A, 223B include copper, graphite, titanium, platinum, gold, and HASTELOY® among other materials which can have an insulating coating on its exterior surface. Coatings disposed around the leads may include polymers such as fluorocarbons, PVC, polyamide and the like. Theslip ring 226 can be purchased from manufacturers such as IDM Electronics LTD, Reading Berkshire, England, a division of Kaydon Corporation, Ann Arbor, Mich. - The polishing
article assembly 222 generally includes aconductive polishing article 203 coupled to abacking 207 and anelectrode 209. Thebacking 207 may also be coupled to anelectrode 209. Theconductive polishing article 203 and thebacking 207 have a plurality of holes or pores formed therein to allow the polish composition to make contact with, and thus provide a conductive path between thesubstrate 208 and theelectrode 209. A dielectric insert (not shown) may be disposed between theconductive polishing article 203 and thebacking 207 or between the backing 207 and theelectrode 209 to regulate the electrolyte flow through all or a portion of theconductive polishing article 203, by use of a plurality of holes or pores formed therein. Theconductive polishing article 203 is used to apply a uniform bias to the substrate surface by use of a conductive surface that makes contact with the surface of the substrate. The use of a conductive polishing article is generally preferred over the use of a conventional substrate contacting means such as discrete or point contacts, but should not be considered limiting to the scope of the present invention. During the anodic dissolution process theelectrode 209 is generally biased as a cathode and theconductive polishing article 203 and substrate are biased as an anode through use of thepower supply 224. - Examples of the
conductive polishing article 203 are more fully disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20020119286, filed on Dec. 27, 2001, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/211,626, filed on Aug. 2, 2002, which are incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein. Examples of an embodiment of theconductive polishing article 203 utilizing conventional polishing material (non-conductive) with discrete conductive contacts are more fully disclosed in the U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/211,626, filed on Aug. 2, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein. - As the polishing
article assembly 222 includes elements comprising both an anode and cathode of an electrochemical cell, both the anode and a cathode may be replaced simultaneously by simply removing a used polishingarticle assembly 222 from thebasin 204 and inserting a newpolishing article assembly 222 with fresh electrical and supporting components into thebasin 204. The face-down polishing apparatus is more fully disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20030213703, filed May 16, 2002, commonly assigned to Applied Materials Inc., of which paragraphs 27-82 are incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the claims aspects and description herein. - Typically, the
conductive polishing article 203, thebacking 207, optionally, the dielectric insert, and theelectrode 209 are secured together to form a unitary body that facilitates removal and replacement of the polishingarticle assembly 222 from thebasin 204. Theconductive polishing article 203, thebacking 207, optionally the dielectric insert, and/or theelectrode 209 may be coupled by use of methods such as adhesive bonding, thermal bonding, sewing, binding, heat staking, riveting, by use of fasteners and clamping, among others. - The
process cell 200 may be disposed on a polishing platform with one or more chemical mechanical polishing platens suitable for conductive material and/or barrier material removal. Such chemical mechanical polishing platens may contain fixed-abrasive or non-abrasive polishing articles and may use abrasive containing or abrasive-free polishing composition. Additionally the polishing articles for the polishing platens may be hard polishing articles, having a durometer or hardness of 50 or greater on a shore D Scale or soft polishing articles having a durometer or hardness of less than 50, typically 40 or less, on a shore D Scale. - For example, the polishing platform may be of a three platen variety, such as the MIRRA® polishing system, the MIRRA MESA™ polishing system, and the REFLEXION® polishing system, that are commercially available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif., with the
process cell 200 disposed at a first platen position, a conventional chemical mechanical polishing platen with a hard or soft polishing pad on a second platen position, and a barrier removal platen on the third platen position. In another example, afirst process cell 200 disposed at a first platen position, for example,ECMP station 102, for a first electrochemical mechanical polishing process, asecond process cell 200 disposed at a second platen position, for example,ECMP station 103, for a second electrochemical mechanical polishing process, and a conventional chemical mechanical polishing platen with a hard or soft polishing pad, such as polishingstation 106, on a third platen position. However, any system enabling electrochemical mechanical polishing with or without the presence of chemical mechanical polishing ability may be used to advantage. - Polishing Processes
- Methods are provided for polishing a substrate to remove residues and minimize dishing within features, while increasing throughput with a decrease in polishing time. The methods may be performed by an electrochemical polishing technique. In one aspect, the method may include processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed over features, supplying a first polishing composition to the surface of the substrate, applying a pressure between the substrate and a polishing article, providing relative motion between the substrate and the polishing article, applying a bias between a first electrode and a second electrode in electrical contact with the substrate, removing at least about 50% of the conductive material, supplying a second polishing composition, applying a second bias, and continuing to remove the conductive material.
- One embodiment of the process will now be described in reference to FIGS. 4A-4D, which are schematic cross-sectional views of a substrate being processed according to methods and compositions described herein. Referring to FIG. 4A, a substrate generally includes a
dielectric layer 310 formed on asubstrate 300. A plurality of apertures, such as vias, trenches, contacts, or holes, are patterned and etched into thedielectric layer 310, such as a dense array ofnarrow feature definitions 320 and low density ofwide feature definitions 330. The apertures may be formed in thedielectric layer 310 by conventional photolithographic and etching techniques. - FIG. 4A depicts a
substrate 300 and aconductive layer 370 before ECMP processes have been applied. FIG. 4B illustrates the substrate after at least about 50% of theconductive layer 370 has been removed by applying a first ECMP process. The remainingconductive layer 370 disposed upon abarrier layer 340 is removed by applying a second ECMP process, as illustrated in FIG. 4C. Furthermore, as illustrated in FIG. 4D, the remainingbarrier layer 340 on thedielectric layer 310 may be removed by a third process, such as a CMP process or a third ECMP process. - The terms narrow and wide feature definitions may vary depending on the structures formed on the substrate surface, but can generally be characterized by the respective deposition profiles of excessive material deposition (or high overburden) formed over narrow feature definitions and minimal or low material deposition (minimal or low overburden), over wide feature definitions. For example narrow feature definitions may be about 0.13 μm in size and may have a high overburden as compared to wide feature definitions that may be about 10 μm in size and that may have minimal or insufficient overburden. However, high overburdens and low overburdens do not necessarily have to form over features, but may form over areas on the substrate surface between features.
- The
dielectric layer 310 may comprise one or more dielectric materials conventionally employed in the manufacture of semiconductor devices. For example, dielectric materials may include materials such as silicon dioxide, phosphorus-doped silicon glass (PSG), boron-phosphorus-doped silicon glass (BPSG), and silicon dioxide derived from tetraethyl orthosilicate (TEOS) or silane by plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD). The dielectric layer may also comprise low dielectric constant materials, including fluoro-silicon glass (FSG), polymers, such as polyamides, carbon-containing silicon oxides, such as BLACK DIAMOND™ dielectric material, silicon carbide materials, which may be doped with nitrogen and/or oxygen, including BLOK™ dielectric materials, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. - A
barrier layer 340 is disposed conformally in thefeature definitions substrate 300. Thebarrier layer 340 may comprise metals or metal nitrides, such as tantalum, tantalum nitride, tantalum silicon nitride, titanium, titanium nitride, titanium silicon nitride, tungsten, tungsten nitride and combinations thereof, or any other material that may limit diffusion of materials between the substrate and/or dielectric materials and any subsequently deposited conductive materials. - A
conductive material layer 360 is disposed on thebarrier layer 340. The term “conductive material layer” as used herein is defined as any conductive material, such as copper, tungsten, aluminum, and/or their alloys used to fill a feature to form lines, contacts or vias. While not shown, a seed layer of a conductive material may be deposited on the barrier layer prior to the deposition of theconductive material layer 360 to improve interlayer adhesion and improve subsequent deposition processes. The seed layer may be of the same material as the subsequent material to be deposited. - One type of
conductive material layer 360 comprises copper containing materials. Copper containing materials include copper, copper alloys (e.g., copper-based alloys containing at least about 80 weight percent copper) or doped copper. As used throughout this disclosure, the phrase “copper containing material,” the word “copper,” and the symbol “Cu” are intended to encompass copper, copper alloys, doped copper, and combinations thereof. Additionally, the conductive material may comprise any conductive material used in semiconductor manufacturing processing. - In one embodiment, the deposited
conductive material layer 360 has a deposition profile of excessive material deposition orhigh overburden 370 formed overnarrow feature definitions 320 andminimal overburden 380 overwide feature definitions 330. In another embodiment, high overburdens and minimal overburdens are arbitrarily formed across the substrate surface between features. - The substrate may then be positioned in a polishing apparatus, such as the apparatus described herein and shown in FIG. 3 and exposed to a polishing composition that can form a
passivation layer 390 on the conductive material layer. - Polishing Compositions
- Suitable polishing compositions that may be used with the processes described herein to planarize metals, such as copper, may comprise an acid based electrolyte system, one or more chelating agents, one or more corrosion inhibitors, one or more inorganic or organic acid salts, one or more pH adjusting agents to produce a pH between about 2 and about 10, at least one oxidizer, and abrasive particulates.
- Although the polishing compositions are particularly useful for removing copper, it is believed that the polishing compositions also may be used for the removal of other conductive materials, such as aluminum, platinum, tungsten, titanium, titanium nitride, tantalum, tantalum nitride, cobalt, gold, silver, ruthenium and combinations thereof. Mechanical abrasion, such as from contact with the
conductive polishing article 203 may be used with the polishing composition to improve planarity and improve removal rate of these conductive materials. - The polishing composition includes an acid based electrolyte system for providing electrical conductivity. Suitable acid based electrolyte systems include, for example, phosphoric acid based electrolytes, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, perchloric acid, acetic acid, citric acid, salts thereof and combinations thereof. Suitable acid based electrolyte systems include an acid electrolyte, such as phosphoric acid, boric acid and/or citric acid, as well as acid electrolyte derivatives, including ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and copper salts thereof. The acid based electrolyte system may also buffer the composition to maintain a desired pH level for processing a substrate.
- Examples of suitable acid based electrolytes include compounds having a phosphate group (PO4 3−), such as, phosphoric acid, copper phosphate, potassium phosphates (KXH(3−X)PO4) (x=1, 2 or 3), such as potassium dihydrogen phosphate (KH2PO4), dipotassium hydrogen phosphate (K2HPO4), ammonium phosphates ((NH4)XH(3−X)PO 4) (x=1, 2 or 3), such as ammonium dihydrogen phosphate ((NH4)H2PO4), diammonium hydrogen phosphate ((NH4)2HPO4), compounds having a nitrite group (NO3 1−), such as, nitric acid or copper nitrate, compounds having a boric group (BO3 3−), such as, orthoboric acid (H3BO3) and compounds having a sulfate group (SO4 2−), such as sulfuric acid (H2SO4), ammonium hydrogen sulfate ((NH4)HSO4), ammonium sulfate, potassium sulfate, copper sulfate, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. The invention also contemplates that conventional electrolytes known and unknown may also be used in forming the composition described herein using the processes described herein.
- The acid based electrolyte system may contains an acidic component that can take up about 1 to about 30 percent by weight (wt %) or volume (vol %) of the total composition of solution to provide suitable conductivity for practicing the processes described herein. Examples of acidic components include dihydrogen phosphate and/or diammonium hydrogen phosphate and may be present in the polishing composition in amounts from about 15 wt % to about 25 wt %. Alternately, phosphoric acid may be present in concentrations up to 30 wt %, for example, between about 2 wt % and about 6 wt %.
- One aspect or component of the present invention is the use of one or more chelating agents to complex with the surface of the substrate to enhance the electrochemical dissolution process. In any of the embodiments described herein, the chelating agents can bind to a conductive material, such as copper ions, increase the removal rate of metal materials and/or improve dissolution uniformity across the substrate surface. The metal materials for removal, such as copper, may be in any oxidation state, such as 0, 1, or 2, before, during or after ligating with a functional group. The functional groups can bind the metal materials created on the substrate surface during processing and remove the metal materials from the substrate surface. The chelating agents may also be used to buffer the polishing composition to maintain a desired pH level for processing a substrate. The chelating agents may also form or enhance the formation of a passivation layer on the substrate surface.
- The one or more chelating agents can include compounds having one or more functional groups selected from the group of amine groups, amide groups, carboxylate groups, dicarboxylate groups, tricarboxylate groups, hydroxyl groups, a mixture of hydroxyl and carboxylate groups, and combinations thereof. The one or more chelating agents may also include salts of the chelating agents described herein. The polishing composition may include one or more chelating agents at a concentration between about 0.1% and about 15% by volume or weight, but preferably utilized between about 0.1% and about 4% by volume or weight. For example, about 2% by volume of ethylenediamine may be used as a chelating agent.
- Examples of suitable chelating agents having one or more carboxylate groups include citric acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, oxalic acid, amino acids, salts thereof, and combinations thereof. For example, chelating agents may include ammonium citrate, potassium citrate, ammonium succinate, potassium succinate, ammonium oxalate, potassium oxalate, potassium tartrate, and combinations thereof. The salts may have multi-basic states, for example, citrates have mono-, di- and tri-basic states. Other suitable acids having one or more carboxylate groups include acetic acid, adipic acid, butyric acid, capric acid, caproic acid, caprylic acid, glutaric acid, glycolic acid, formaic acid, fumaric acid, lactic acid, lauric acid, malic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, myristic acid, plamitic acid, phthalic acid, propionic acid, pyruvic acid, stearic acid, valeric acid, derivatives thereof, salts thereof and combinations thereof. Further examples of suitable chelating agents include compounds having one or more amine and amide functional groups, such as ethylenediamine (EDA), diethylenetriamine, diethylenetriamine derivatives, hexadiamine, amino acids, glycine, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), methylformamide, derivatives thereof, salts thereof and combinations thereof. For example, EDTA includes the acid as well as a variety of salts, such as sodium, potassium and calcium (e.g., Na2EDTA, Na4EDTA, K4EDTA or Ca2EDTA).
- In any of the embodiments described herein, the inorganic or organic acid salts may be used to perform as a chelating agent. The polishing composition may include one or more inorganic or organic salts at a concentration between about 0.1% and about 15% by volume or weight of the composition, for example, between about 0.1% and about 8% by volume or weight. For example, about 2% by weight of ammonium citrate may be used in the polishing composition.
- Examples of suitable inorganic or organic acid salts include ammonium and potassium salts or organic acids, such as ammonium oxalate, ammonium citrate, ammonium succinate, monobasic potassium citrate, dibasic potassium citrate, tribasic potassium citrate, potassium tartarate, ammonium tartarate, potassium succinate, potassium oxalate, and combinations thereof. Additionally, ammonium and potassium salts of the carboxylate acids may also be used.
- In any of the embodiments described herein, the corrosion inhibitors can be added to reduce the oxidation or corrosion of metal surfaces by forming a passivation layer that minimizes the chemical interaction between the substrate surface and the surrounding electrolyte. The layer of material formed by the corrosion inhibitors thus tends to suppress or minimize the electrochemical current from the substrate surface to limit electrochemical deposition and/or dissolution. The polishing composition may include between about 0.001% and about 5.0% by weight of the organic compound from one or more azole groups. The commonly preferred range being between about 0.2% and about 0.4% by weight.
- Examples of organic compounds having azole groups include benzotriazole (BTA), mercaptobenzotriazole, 5-methyl-1-benzotriazole (TTA), and combinations thereof. Other suitable corrosion inhibitors include film forming agents that are cyclic compounds, for example, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, and combinations thereof. Derivatives of benzotriazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, with hydroxy, amino, imino, carboxy, mercapto, nitro and alkyl substituted groups may also be used as corrosion inhibitors. Other corrosion inhibitor includes urea and thiourea among others.
- Alternatively, polymeric inhibitors, for non-limiting examples, polyalkylaryl ether phosphate or ammonium nonylphenol ethoxylate sulfate, may be used in replacement or conjunction with azole containing corrosion inhibitors in an amount between about 0.002% and about 1.0% by volume or weight of the composition.
- One or more pH adjusting agents is preferably added to the polishing composition to achieve a pH between about 2 and about 10, and preferably between a pH of about 3 and about 7. The amount of pH adjusting agent can vary as the concentration of the other components is varied in different formulations, but in general the total solution may include up to about 70 wt % of the one or more pH adjusting agents, but preferably between about 0.2% and about 25% by volume. Different compounds may provide different pH levels for a given concentration, for example, the composition may include between about 0.1% and about 10% by volume of a base, such as potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide or combinations thereof, providing the desired pH level.
- The one or more pH adjusting agents can be chosen from a class of organic acids, for example, carboxylic acids, such as acetic acid, citric acid, oxalic acid, phosphate-containing components including phosphoric acid, ammonium phosphates, potassium phosphates, and combinations thereof, or a combination thereof. Inorganic acids including phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric, nitric acid, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof, may also be used as a pH adjusting agent in the polishing composition.
- The balance or remainder of the polishing compositions described herein is a solvent, such as a polar solvent, including water, preferably deionized water. Other solvent may be used solely or in combination with water, such as organic solvents. Organic solvents include alcohols, such as isopropyl alcohol or glycols, ethers, such as diethyl ether, furans, such as tetrahydrofuran, hydrocarbons, such as pentane or heptane, aromatic hydrocarbons, such as benzene or toluene, halogenated solvents, such as methylene chloride or carbon tetrachloride, derivatives, thereof and combinations thereof.
- The polishing composition may include one or more surface finish enhancing and/or removal rate enhancing materials including abrasive particles, one or more oxidizers, and combinations thereof.
- Abrasive particles may be used to improve the surface finish and removal rate of conductive materials from the substrate surface during polishing. The addition of abrasive particles to the polishing composition can allow the final polished surface to achieve a surface roughness of that comparable with a conventional CMP process even at low pad pressures. Surface finish, or surface roughness, has been shown to have an effect on device yield and post polishing surface defects. Abrasive particles may comprise up to about 30 wt % of the polishing composition during processing. A concentration between about 0.001 wt % and about 5 wt % of abrasive particles may be used in the polishing composition.
- Suitable abrasives particles include inorganic abrasives, polymeric abrasives, and combinations thereof. Inorganic abrasive particles that may be used in the electrolyte include, but are not limited to, silica, alumina, zirconium oxide, titanium oxide, cerium oxide, germania, or any other abrasives of metal oxides, known or unknown. For example, colloidal silica may be positively activated, such as with an alumina modification or a silica/alumina composite. The typical abrasive particle size used in one embodiment of the current invention is generally from about 1 nm to about 1,000 nm, preferably from about 10 nm to about 100 nm. Generally, suitable inorganic abrasives have a Mohs hardness of greater than 6, although the invention contemplates the use of abrasives having a lower Mohs hardness value.
- The polymer abrasives described herein may also be referred to as “organic polymer particle abrasives”, “organic abrasives” or “organic particles.” The polymeric abrasives may comprise abrasive polymeric materials. Examples of polymeric abrasives materials include polymethylmethacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polystyrene, polymethacrylonitrile, and combinations thereof.
- The polymeric abrasives may have a Hardness Shore D of between about 60 and about 80, but can be modified to have greater or lesser hardness value. The softer polymeric abrasive particles can help reduce friction between a polishing article and substrate and may result in a reduction in the number and the severity of scratches and other surface defects as compared to inorganic particles. A harder polymeric abrasive particle may provide improved polishing performance, removal rate and surface finish as compared to softer materials.
- The hardness of the polymer abrasives can be varied by controlling the extent of polymeric cross-linking in the abrasives, for example, a higher degree of cross-linking produces a greater hardness of polymer and, thus, abrasive. The polymeric abrasives are typically formed as spherical shaped beads having an average diameter between about 0.1 micron to about 20 microns or less.
- The polymeric abrasives may be modified to have functional groups, e.g., one or more functional groups, that have an affinity for, i.e., can bind to, the conductive material or conductive material ions at the surface of the substrate, thereby facilitating the ECMP removal of material from the surface of a substrate. For example, if copper is to be removed in the polishing process, the organic polymer particles can be modified to have an amine group, a carboxylate group, a pyridine group, a hydroxide group, ligands with a high affinity for copper, or combinations thereof, to bind the removed copper as substitutes for or in addition to the chemically active agents in the polishing composition, such as the chelating agents or corrosion inhibitors. The substrate surface material, such as copper, may be in any oxidation state, such as 0, 1+, or 2+, before, during or after ligating with a functional group. The functional groups can bind to the metal material(s) on the substrate surface to help improve the uniformity and surface finish of the substrate surface.
- Additionally, the polymeric abrasives have desirable chemical properties, for example, the polymer abrasives are stable over a broad pH range and are not prone to aggregating to each other, which allow the polymeric abrasives to be used with reduced or no surfactant or no dispersing agent in the composition.
- Alternatively, inorganic particles coated with the polymeric materials described herein may also be used with the polishing composition. It is within the scope of the current invention for the polishing composition to contain polymeric abrasives, inorganic abrasives, the polymeric coated inorganic abrasives, and any combination thereof depending on the desired polishing performance and results.
- One or more oxidizers may be used herein to enhance the removal or removal rate of the conductive material from the substrate surface. An oxidizing agent is generally an agent that reacts with a material by accepting an electron(s). In the current embodiment the oxidizer is used to react with the surface of the substrate that is to be polished, which then aids in the removal of the desired material. For example, an oxidizer may be used to oxidize a metal layer to a corresponding oxide or hydroxide, for example, copper to copper oxide. Existing copper that has been oxidized, including Cu1+ ions, may further be oxidized to a higher oxidation state, such as Cu2+ ions, which may then promote the reaction with one or more of the chelating agents. Also, in some instances the oxidizing agent can be used in some chemistries (e.g., low pH) that can enhance the chemical etching of the surface of the substrate to further increase the removal rate from the anode surface. In cases where no bias is applied to the surface of the substrate the inhibitors and chelating agents will complex with the metal ions on the surface that become dislodged from the surface due to the relative motion and pressure applied by the
conductive pad 203. The addition of abrasives can further improve the removal rate of the complexed metal ions due to the abrasive particles ability to increase that contact area between theconductive pad 203 and the substrate surface. - In the case of ECMP, the conductive layer on the substrate surface is biased anodically above a threshold potential, by use of the
power source 224 and theelectrode 209, thus causing the metal on the substrate surface to “oxidize” (i.e., a metal atom gives up one or more electrons to the power source 224). The ionized or “oxidized” metal atoms thus dissolve into the electrolyte solution with the help of components in the electrolyte. In the case where copper is the desired material to be removed, it can be oxidized to a Cu1+ or a Cu2+ oxidation state. Due to the presence of the inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition, the electrochemical dissolution process of the metal ions into the electrolyte is more limited than a polishing composition which does not contain these components. The presence of the inhibitors and/or chelating agents also appears to have an effect on the attachment strength of the metal ion(s) and inhibitor and/or chelating agent complex to the surface of the substrate. It has been found that in one embodiment that the removal rate in an ECMP process can be increased by the addition of an oxidizing agent. It is thought that the oxidizing agent tends to further oxidize the metal ions formed due to the anodic bias, which in the case of copper brings it to the more stable Cu2+ oxidation state. The inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition complex with the oxidized metal ions which tend to have a lower attachment, or bond, strength due to the way the inhibitor bonds to the oxidized metal ion and metal surface. The lower attachment strength allows the complexed metal ion to be more easily and efficiently removed due to the interaction of the substrate surface and theconductive pad 203. The addition of abrasives to the ECMP polishing composition can further improve the removal rate of the complexed metal ions due to the abrasive particles' ability to increase contact area between theconductive pad 203 and the substrate surface. - The polishing composition may include one or more additive compounds. Additive compounds include electrolyte additives including, but not limited to, suppressors, enhancers, levelers, brighteners, stabilizers, and stripping agents to improve the effectiveness of the polishing composition in polishing of the substrate surface. For example, certain additives may decrease the ionization rate of the metal atoms, thereby inhibiting the dissolution process, whereas other additives may provide a finished, shiny substrate surface. The additives may be present in the polishing composition in concentrations up to about 15% by weight or volume, and may vary based upon the desired result after polishing.
- Further, controlling the amounts and types of constituents of the polishing composition, such as corrosion inhibitors and oxidizers, can result in tuning the desired removal rate of the process. For example reduced amounts of corrosion inhibitor will result in an increase in the material removal rate as compared to compositions having higher corrosion inhibitor concentrations. In cases where the polishing composition does not contain corrosion inhibitors the ECMP material removal rate is greatly increased over a polishing composition which contains a corrosion inhibitor due to the formation of the metal ions and inhibitor complex which tends to shield the surface of the substrate to the electrolyte. Likewise reduced amounts of oxidizers will generally result in lower removal rates compared to compositions having higher oxidizer compositions. It has been suggested that at low concentrations of the oxidizer, the corrosion inhibitor and/or chelating agent can complex with a metal ion before it becomes oxidized further by the oxidizing agent due to kinetic effects limiting the supply of the oxidizer to the surface of the substrate. The corrosion inhibitor and metal ion complex can thus affect the removal efficiency due to the formation of the stronger attachment strength complexed metal ions. An example of a polishing composition described herein includes about 2% by volume ethylenediamine, about 2% by weight ammonium citrate, about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole, between about 0.1% and about 3% by volume or weight, for example, about 0.45% hydrogen, peroxide, and/or about between about 0.01% and 1% by weight, for example 0.15% by weight, of abrasive particles, and about 6% by volume phosphoric acid. The pH of the composition is about 5, which may be achieved by, for example, the composition further including potassium hydroxide to adjust the pH to the preferred range. The remainder of the polishing composition is deionized water.
- The oxidizer can be present in the polishing composition in an amount ranging between about 0.01% and about 90% by volume or weight, for example, between about 0.1% and about 20% by volume or weight. In an embodiment of the polishing composition, between about 0.1% to about 15% by volume or weight of hydrogen peroxide is present in the polishing composition. In one embodiment, the oxidizer is added to the rest of the polishing composition just prior to beginning the ECMP process. Examples of suitable oxidizers include peroxy compounds, e.g., compounds that may disassociate through hydroxy radicals, such as hydrogen peroxide and its adducts including urea hydrogen peroxide, percarbonates, and organic peroxides including, for example, alkyl peroxides, cyclical or aryl peroxides, benzoyl peroxide, peracetic acid, and ditertbutyl peroxide. Sulfates and sulfate derivatives, such as monopersulfates and dipersulfates may also be used including for example, ammonium peroxydisulfate, potassium peroxydisulfate, ammonium persulfate, and potassium persulfate. Salts of peroxy compounds, such as sodium percarbonate and sodium peroxide may also be used.
- The oxidizing agent can also be an inorganic compound or a compound containing an element in its highest oxidation state. Examples of inorganic compounds and compounds containing an element in its highest oxidation state include but are not limited to periodic acid, periodate salts, perbromic acid, perbromate salts, perchloric acid, perchloric salts, perbonic acid, nitrate salts (such as cerium nitrate, iron nitrate, ammonium nitrate), ferrates, perborate salts and permanganates. Other oxidizing agents include bromates, chlorates, chromates, iodates, iodic acid, and cerium (IV) compounds such as ammonium cerium nitrate.
- Surfactants may be one such additive compound in the polishing composition. One or more surfactants may be used in the polishing composition to increase the dissolution or solubility of materials, such as metals and metal ions or by-products produced during processing, improve chemical stability, and reduce decomposition of components of the polishing composition. The one or more surfactants can comprise a concentration between about 0.001% and about 10% by volume or weight of the polishing composition. A concentration between about 0.01% and about 2% by volume or weight, for example between about 0.1% and about 1% by volume or weight, of the surfactants may be used in one embodiment of the polishing composition. The one or more surfactants may include non-ionic surfactants as well as ionic surfactants including anionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, and ionic surfactants having more than one ionic functional group, such as Zweitter-ionic surfactants. Dispersers or dispersing agents are considered to be surfactants as surfactants are used herein.
- Other examples of additives include one or more leveling agents, which are broadly defined herein as additives that suppress dissolution current on the surface of a substrate. Leveling agents suppress dissolution current by attaching to conductive materials, by inhibiting the electrochemical reactions between the electrolyte and conductive material, and/or form depolarizing agents that limit electrochemical reactions. A concentration of leveling agents between about 0.005% and about 10% by volume or weight, for example, between about 0.05% and about 2% by volume or weight of the electrolyte solution can be used.
- Leveling agents include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and polyethylene glycol derivatives. Other leveling agents which can be employed in the process described herein include any employed in the electroplating or electropolishing art, such as polyamines, polyamides and polyimides including polyethyleneimine, polyglycine, 2-amino-1-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-propanesulfonic acid, 4-aminotoluene-2-sulfonic acid. Leveling agents may be added to the composition in a range from about 0.05% to about 5% by volume or weight of the composition. For example, PEG may be added to a polishing solution with a concentration about 0.2wt %.
- Suppressors, such as electrically resistive additives that reduce the conductivity of the polishing composition may be added to the composition in a range from about 0.005% to about 2% by volume or weight of the composition. Suppressors include polyacrylamide, polyacrylic acid polymers, polycarboxylate copolymers, coconut diethanolamide, oleic diethanolamide, ethanolamide derivatives, or combinations thereof.
- One or more stabilizers may be present in an amount that is sufficient to produce measurable improvements in composition stability. The one or more stabilizers may be present in an amount ranging from about 100 ppm to about 5.0 weight percent (wt %). Non-limiting examples of preferred stabilizers include but are not limited to phosphoric acids and phosphoric acid derivatives including aminotri(methylenephosphonic) acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-4-diphophonic acid, hexamethylenediaminetetramethylene phosphoric acid, and diethylenetetramine pentamethylenephosphonic acid, and derivative salts thereof.
- Accelerators are another example of an additive that may be included in the polishing composition. Accelerators increase electrochemical reactions of metals disposed on the substrate surface to increase metal removal. The composition may include one or more accelerators at a concentration between about 0.001% and about 1% by volume or weight, for example, between about 0.25% and about 0.8% by volume or weight. Accelerators may include sulfur-containing compounds, such as sulfite or di-sulfate.
- Further examples of additives to the polishing composition are more fully described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/141,459, filed on May 7, 2002, which is incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein.
- ECMP solutions of varying compositions may be used to remove bulk material and residual material, such as copper and/or copper alloys, as well as to remove barrier materials, such as tantalum nitrides or titanium nitrides. Specific formulations of the polishing compositions are used to remove the particular materials. Polishing compositions utilized during embodiments herein are advantageous for ECMP processes. Generally, ECMP solutions are much more conductive than traditional CMP solutions. The ECMP solutions have a conductivity of about 10 mS or higher, while traditional CMP solutions have a conductivity from about 3 mS to about 5 mS. The conductivity of the ECMP solutions greatly influences that rate at which the ECMP process advances, i.e., more conductive solutions have a faster material removal rate. For removing bulk material, the ECMP solution has a conductivity of about 10 mS or higher, preferably in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS. For residual material, the ECMP solution has a conductivity of about 10 mS or higher, preferably in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS.
- A first polishing composition or first ECPM solution used to remove bulk material may include phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, or abrasive particulates. For example, a first polishing solution may include from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of a salt, such as ammonium citrate or copper citrate; from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of an oxidizer; and from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of abrasive particulates. Also, a first polishing composition may have a pH adjusting agent in a concentration to maintain a pH from about 4 to about 7. Generally, a solvent is added to the solution, such as de-ionized water.
- The first polishing composition includes at least one chelating agent, such as EDA, EDTA, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. The corrosion inhibitor of the first polishing composition may include BTA, TTA, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. Salts may be added to the first polishing composition or may be formed in situ, such as by an acid/base type reaction. Salts may be inorganic, organic or combinations thereof and include cations such as ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and anions such as citrate, oxalate, succinate and tartrate. A pH adjusting agent includes potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide or combinations thereof. An oxidizer, such as hydrogen peroxide and/or abrasive particulates, such as colloidal silica activated with alumina may be added to the first polishing composition.
- A second polishing composition or second ECPM solution used to residual material may include phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates. For example, a second polishing solution may include from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of a salt; from about 0.01 wt % to about 3 wt % of an oxidizer; and from about 0.05 wt % to about 5 wt % of abrasive particulates. Also, a second polishing composition may have a pH adjusting agent in a concentration to maintain a pH from about 4 to about 7. Generally, a solvent is added to the solution, such as de-ionized water.
- The at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition may include glycine, EDA, EDTA, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. The corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition may include BTA, TTA, salts thereof, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof. Salts may be added to the second polishing composition or may be formed in situ, such as by an acid/base type reaction. Salts may be inorganic, organic or combinations thereof and include cations such as ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium and anions such as citrate, oxalate, succinate and tartrate. A pH adjusting agent includes potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide or combinations thereof. An oxidizer, such as hydrogen peroxide and/or abrasive particulates, such as colloidal silica activated with alumina may be added to the second polishing composition. In one example, a second polishing composition includes BTA and glycine. In another example, a second polishing composition includes BTA, EDA and ammonium citrate. Also, some of the second polishing compositions contain leveling agents, such as PEG.
- Electrochemical Mechanical Processing:
- An electrochemical mechanical polishing technique using a combination of chemical activity, mechanical activity and electrical activity to remove material and planarize a substrate surface may be performed as follows. In one embodiment of an electrochemical mechanical polishing technique, the substrate is disposed in a receptacle, such as a basin or platen containing a first electrode and a polishing composition. The polishing composition forms a passivation layer on the substrate surface. The passivation layer may chemically and/or electrically insulate material disposed on a substrate surface.
- A polishing article coupled to a polishing article assembly containing a second electrode is then disposed in the basin or platen and physically contacted and/or electrically coupled with the substrate through the polishing article. Relative motion is provided between the substrate surface and the
conductive article 203 to reduce or remove the passivation layer. A bias from apower source 224 is applied between the two electrodes. The bias may be applied by an electrical pulse modulation technique providing at least anodic dissolution. The bias may be transferred from aconductive article 203 in the polishingarticle assembly 222 to thesubstrate 208. - A first ECMP process may be used to remove bulk conductive material from the substrate surface as shown from FIGS. 4A-4B and then a second ECMP process to remove residual copper containing materials as shown from FIGS. 4B-4C. Bulk material is broadly defined herein as any material deposited on the substrate in an amount more than sufficient to substantially fill features formed on the substrate surface. Residual material is broadly defined as any bulk copper containing material remaining after one or more polishing process steps. Generally, the bulk removal during a first ECMP process removes at least about 50% of the conductive layer, preferably at least about 70%, more preferably at least about 80%, for example, at least about 90%. The residual removal during a second ECMP process removes most, if not all the remaining conductive material disposed on the barrier layer to leave behind the filled plugs.
- The first ECMP process attributes to the throughput of substrate manufacturing due to a fast removal rate of the conductive layer. However, if the first ECMP process is used solely, too much conductive material may be removed to produce an under burden. The second ECMP process attributes to the throughput of substrate manufacturing due to the precise removal the conductive layer to form level substrate surfaces. However, the second ECMP process is too slow are removing conducting material to be solely used. Therefore, the combined first and second ECMP processes increases throughput and produces high quality planar substrate surfaces.
- The bulk removal ECMP process may be performed on a first polishing platen and the residual removal ECMP process on a second polishing platen of the same or different polishing apparatus as the first platen. In another embodiment, the residual removal ECMP process may be performed on the first platen. Any barrier material may be removed on a separate platen, such as the third platen in the apparatus described in FIG. 2. For example, the apparatus described above in accordance with the processes described herein may include three platens for removing bulk material or comprise one platen to remove bulk material, a second platen for residual removal and a third platen for barrier removal, wherein the bulk and the residual processes are ECMP processes and the barrier removal is a CMP process. In another embodiment, three ECMP platens may be used to remove bulk material, residual removal and barrier removal.
- Referring to FIGS. 4A-4B, the
substrate 300 having adielectric layer 310 patterned withnarrow feature definitions 320 andwide feature definitions 330 is filled with abarrier layer 340, for example, tantalum, and an excess amount ofconductive material 360, for example, copper. The deposition profile of the excess material includes ahigh overburden 370, also referred to as a hill or peak, formed overnarrow feature definitions 320 and aminimal overburden 380, also referred to as a valley, overwide feature definitions 330. - The substrate is exposed to a polishing composition described herein that forms a
passivation layer 390 on theconductive material layer 360. Thepassivation layer 390 forms on the exposedconductive material 360 on the substrate surface including thehigh overburden 370, peaks, andminimal overburden 380, valleys, formed in the depositedconductive material 360. Thepassivation layer 390 chemically and/or electrically insulates the surface of the substrate from chemical and/or electrical reactions. The passivation layer is formed from the exposure of the substrate surface to the corrosion inhibitor and/or other materials capable of forming a passivating or insulating film, for example, chelating agents. The thickness and density of the passivation layer can dictate the extent of chemical reactions and/or amount of anodic dissolution. For example, a thicker ordenser passivation layer 390 has been observed to result in less anodic dissolution compared to thinner and less dense passivation layers. Thus, control of the composition of passivating agents, corrosion inhibitors and/or chelating agents, allow control of the removal rate and amount of material removed from the substrate surface. - FIG. 4B illustrates that at least about 50% of the
conductive material 360 was removed after the bulk removal of the first ECMP process, for example, about 90%. After the first ECMP process,conductive material 360 may still include thehigh overburden 370, peaks, and/orminimal overburden 380, valleys, but with a reduced proportionally size. However,conductive material 360 may also be rather planar across the substrate surface (not pictured). - The substrate surface and a polishing article, such as conductive polishing article, are contacted with one another and moved in relative motion to one another, such as in a relative orbital motion, to remove portions of the
passivation layer 390 formed on the exposedconductive material 360, which may also remove a portion of the underlyingconductive material 360. - The substrate surface and polishing article are contacted at a pressure less than about 2 pounds per square inch (lb/in2 or psi) (13.8 kPa). Removal of the
passivation layer 390 and someconductive material 360 may be performed with a process having a pressure of about 1 psi (6.9 kPa) or less, for example, from about 0.01 psi (69 Pa) to about 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa). In one aspect of the process, a pressure of about 0.2 psi (1.4 kPa) or less is used. - The polishing pressures used herein reduce or minimize damaging shear forces and frictional forces for substrates containing low k dielectric materials. Reduced or minimized forces can result in reduced or minimal deformations and defect formation of features from polishing. Further, the lower shear forces and frictional forces have been observed to reduce or minimize formation of topographical defects, such as dishing and scratches, and delamination, during polishing. Contact between the substrate and a conductive polishing article also allows for electrical contact between the power source and the substrate by coupling the power source to the polishing article when contacting the substrate. A region of non-passivated material may be exposed and removed by anodic dissolution by mechanical abrasion to disturb or remove the passivation layer on the surface of the substrate.
- A bias is applied to the substrate during contact between the substrate surface and the conductive polishing article for anodic dissolution of the
conductive material 360 from the substrate surface. The bias is generally provided to produce anodic dissolution of the conductive material from the surface of the substrate at a current density up to about 100 mA/cm2 which correlates to an applied current of about 40 amps to process substrates with a diameter up to about 300 mm. For example, a 200 mm diameter substrate may have a current density from about 0.01 mA/cm2 to about 50 mA/cm2, which correlates to an applied current from about 0.01 A to about 20 A. The invention also contemplates that the bias may be applied and monitored by volts, amps and watts. For example, in one embodiment, the power supply may apply a power between about 0 watts and 100 watts, a voltage between about 0 V and about 10 V, and a current between about 0 amps and about 10 amps. - During anodic dissolution under application of the bias, the substrate surface, i.e., the
conductive material layer 360 may be biased anodically above a threshold potential of the conductive material, for example, a metal material, on the substrate surface to “oxidize”. When a metal material oxidizes, a metal atom gives up one or more electrons to the power source and forms metal ions or cations. The metal ions may then leave the substrate surface and dissolve into the electrolyte solution. In the case where copper is the desired material to be removed, cations can have the Cu1+ or Cu2+ oxidation state. - The metal ions may also contribute to the formation of the thickness and/or density of the
passivation layer 390. For example, the inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition may complex with the metal ions and the metal ions become incorporated into thepassivation layer 390. Thus, the presence of the inhibitors and/or chelating agents found in the polishing composition limit or reduce the electrochemical dissolution process of the metal ions into the electrolyte, and further incorporate such metal ions into thepassivation layer 390. It has been observed that the thickness and/or density of the undisturbed passivation layer may increase after periods of applied bias for anodic dissolution of conductive materials on the substrate surface. It is believed that the increase in the thickness and/or density of the undisturbed passivation layer is related to the total applied power and is a function of time and/or power levels. It has also been observed that the undisturbed passivation layer incorporates metal ions and that the metal ions may contribute to the thickness and/or density of the passivation layer. - The bias may be varied in power and application depending upon the user requirements in removing material from the substrate surface. For example, increasing power application has been observed to result in increasing anodic dissolution. The bias may also be applied by an electrical pulse modulation technique. Pulse modulation techniques may vary, but generally include a cycle of applying a constant current density or voltage for a first time period, then applying no current density or voltage or a constant reverse current density or voltage for a second time period. The process may then be repeated for one or more cycles, which may have varying power levels and durations. The power levels, the duration of power, an “on” cycle, and no power, an “off” cycle” application, and frequency of cycles, may be modified based on the removal rate, materials to be removed, and the extent of the polishing process. For example, increased power levels and increased duration of power being applied have been observed to increase anodic dissolution.
- In one pulse modulation process for electrochemical mechanical polishing, the pulse modulation process comprises an on/off power technique with a period of power application, “on”, followed by a period of no power application, “off”. The on/off cycle may be repeated one or more times during the polishing process. The “on” periods allow for removal of exposed conductive material from the substrate surface and the “off” periods allow for polishing composition components and by-products of “on” periods, such as metal ions, to diffuse to the surface and complex with the conductive material. During a pulse modulation technique process it is believed that the metal ions migrate and interact with the corrosion inhibitors and/or chelating agents by attaching to the passivation layer in the non-mechanically disturbed areas. The process thus allows etching in the electrochemically active regions, not covered by the passivation layer, during an “on” application, and then allowing reformation of the passivation layer in some regions and removal of excess material during an “off” portion of the pulse modulation technique in other regions. Thus, control of the pulse modulation technique can control the removal rate and amount of material removed from the substrate surface.
- The “on”/“off” period of time may be between about 1 second and about 60 seconds each, for example, between about 2 seconds and about 25 seconds, and the invention contemplates the use of pulse techniques having “on” and “off” periods of time greater and shorter than the described time periods herein. In one example of a pulse modulation technique, power is applied between about 16% and about 66% of each cycle.
- Non-limiting examples of pulse modulation technique with an on/off cycle for electrochemical mechanical polishing of materials described herein include: applying power, “on”, between about 5 seconds and about 10 seconds and then not applying power, “off”, between about 2 seconds and about 25 seconds; applying power for about 10 seconds and not applying power for 5 seconds, or applying power for 10 seconds and not applying power for 2 seconds, or even applying power for 5 seconds and not applying power for 25 seconds to provide the desired polishing results. The cycles may be repeated as often as desired for each selected process. One example of a pulse modulation process is described in commonly assigned U.S. Pat. No. 6,379,223, which is incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein. Further examples of a pulse modulation process is described in co-pending U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 10/611,805, entitled “Effective Method To Improve Surface Finish In Electrochemically Assisted Chemical Mechanical Polishing”, filed on Jun. 30, 2003, which is incorporated by reference herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claimed aspects and disclosure herein.
- A removal rate of conductive material of up to about 15,000 Å/min can be achieved by the processes described herein. Higher removal rates are generally desirable, but due to the goal of maximizing process uniformity and other process variables (e.g., reaction kinetics at the anode and cathode) it is common for dissolution rates to be controlled from about 100 Å/min to about 15,000 Å/min. In one embodiment of the invention where the copper material to be removed is less than 5,000 Å thick, the voltage (or current) may be applied to provide a removal rate from about 100 Å/min to about 5,000 Å/min. The substrate is typically exposed to the polishing composition and power application for a period of time sufficient to remove at least a portion or all of the desired material disposed thereon.
- The polishing composition may be varied to control the rate in which the conductive material is removed. In one embodiment, a first ECMP process is conducted with a first polishing solution, thereafter, a second ECMP process is conducted with a second polishing solution more dilute than the first polishing solution, for example, the second polishing solution is about 25% the concentration of the first polishing solution. For example, the first ECMP composition may comprise: from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the salt; from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of the oxidizer; and from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of the abrasive particulates. The second ECMP composition may comprise: from about 0.25 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid; from about 0.05 wt % to about 3 wt % of the at least one chelating agent; from about 0.005 wt % to about 0.5 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor; from about 0.13 wt % to about 5 wt % of the salt; from about 0.05 wt % to about 3 wt % of the oxidizer; and from about 0.02 wt % to about 0.5 wt % of the abrasive particulates. In some embodiments, the first ECMP solution and second ECMP solution have the similar relative concentrations of each component except water, whereas the second ECMP solution is formed by combining de-ionized water to the first ECMP solution, for example at a volume ratio of about 3 to about 1. In other embodiments, the first polishing solution and second polishing solution have the varied relative concentrations of each component within water.
- Generally, the removal rate of
conductive material 360 is much faster during the first ECMP process than during the second ECMP process. For example, the first ECMP process removesconductive material 360 at a rate from about 1,000 Å/min to about 15,000 Å/min, while the second ECMP process removesconductive material 360 at a rate from about 100 Å/min to about 8,000 Å/min. The second ECMP process is slower in order to prevent excess metal removal to form topographical defects, such as concavities or depressions known as dishing 55, as shown in FIG. 1B. Therefore, a majority of theconductive layer 360 is removed at a faster rate during the first ECMP process than the remainingconductive layer 360 during the second ECMP process. The two-step ECMP process increases throughput of the total substrate processing and while producing a smooth surface with little or no defects. - Mechanical abrasion by a conductive polishing article removes the passivation layer that insulates or suppresses the current for anodic dissolution, such that areas of high overburden is preferentially removed over areas of minimal overburden as the passivation layer is retained in areas of minimal or no contact with the
conductive polishing article 203. The removal rate of theconductive material 360 covered by the passivation layer is less than the removal rate of conductive material without the passivation layer. As such, the excess material disposed overnarrow feature definitions 320 and thesubstrate field 350 is removed at a higher rate than overwide feature definitions 330 still covered by thepassivation layer 390. - Referring to FIG. 4C, most, if not all of the
conductive layer 360 is removed to exposebarrier layer 340 andconductive trenches 365 by polishing the substrate with a second ECMP process including a second ECMP polishing solution. Theconductive trenches 365 are formed by the remainingconductive material 360. Any residual conductive material and barrier material may then be polished by a third polishing step to provide a planarized substrate surface containingconductive trenches 365, as depicted in FIG. 4D. The residual conductive material and barrier material may be removed by a third polishing process, such as a third ECMP process or a CMP process. An example of a copper polishing process is disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20030029841 and an example of a barrier polishing process is disclosed in U.S. patent Publication No. 20030013306, which are both incorporated herein to the extent not inconsistent with the claims aspects and disclosure herein. - After conductive material and barrier material removal processing steps, the substrate may then be buffed to minimize surface defects. Buffing may be performed with a soft polishing article, i.e., a hardness of about 40 or less on the Shore D hardness scale as described and measured by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), headquartered in Philadelphia, Pa., at reduced polishing pressures, such as about 2 psi or less. An example of a suitable buffing process and composition is disclosed in co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/569,968, filed on May 11, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the invention.
- Optionally, a cleaning solution may be applied to the substrate after each of the polishing process to remove particulate matter and spent reagents from the polishing process as well as help minimize metal residue deposition on the polishing articles and defects formed on a substrate surface. An example of a suitable cleaning solution is ElectraClean™ commercially available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif.
- Finally, the substrate may be exposed to a post polishing cleaning process to reduce defects formed during polishing or substrate handling. Such processes can minimize undesired oxidation or other defects in copper features formed on a substrate surface. An example of such a post polishing cleaning is the application of Electra Clean™, commercially available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif.
- It has been observed that substrate planarized by the processes described herein have exhibited reduced topographical defects, such as dishing, reduced residues, improved planarity, and improved substrate finish. The processes described herein may be further disclosed by the examples as follows.
- The following non-limiting examples are provided to further illustrate embodiments of the invention. However, the examples are not intended to be all-inclusive and are not intended to limit the scope of the inventions described herein.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc., of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed onto the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed onto the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 1.5% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 0.4% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 0.8% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.25% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5.4; - about 0.5% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 1.5% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 0.4% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 0.8% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.25% by weight benzotriazole;
- about 0.2% by weight polyethylene glycol;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5.4; - about 0.5% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 1.0% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 0.5% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 4.9; - about 0.5% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 0.6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 1.0% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 6.1; - about 0.5% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 0.6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 1.5% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 6.1; - about 0.5% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 0.6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2.0% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 6.1; - about 0.5% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 1.5% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 0.4% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 0.8% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.25% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5.4; - about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 1.5% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 0.4% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 0.8% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.25% by weight benzotriazole;
- about 0.2% by weight polyethylene glycol;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5.4; - about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 1.0% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 0.5% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 4.9; - about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 0.6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 1.0% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 6.1; - about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 0.6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 1.5% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 6.1; - about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- A copper plated substrate with 300 mm diameter was polished and planarized using the following polishing composition within a modified cell on a REFLEXION® system, available from Applied Materials, Inc. of Santa Clara, Calif. A substrate having a copper layer of about 11,500 Å thick on the substrate surface with a step height of about 6,000 Å was placed into the first platen and exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2% by volume ethylenediamine;
- about 2% by weight ammonium citrate;
- about 0.3% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 2% to about 6% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 5; - about 0.45% by volume of hydrogen peroxide;
- about 0.15% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.2 psi and a bias of about 3 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The copper layer thickness was reduced to about 1,500 Å.
- The substrate was placed into the second platen and exposed subsequently exposed to a polishing composition of:
- about 0.6% by volume phosphoric acid;
- about 2.0% by volume glycine;
- about 0.35% by weight benzotriazole;
- from about 0.5% to about 3% by
volume 40% KOH solution to provide a pH of about 6.1; - about 0.7% by weight of silica (SiO2) abrasive particles; and
- de-ionized water.
- A polishing article was contacted with the substrate at about 0.1 psi at a bias of about 1.5 volts was applied during the process. The substrate was polished and examined. The excess copper layer formerly on the substrate surface was removed to leave behind the barrier layer and the copper trench.
- While the foregoing is directed to embodiments of the present invention, other and further embodiments of the invention may be devised without departing from the basic scope thereof, and the scope thereof is determined by the claims that follow.
Claims (57)
1. A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon, comprising:
positioning the substrate in a process apparatus;
exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition;
applying a first bias to the substrate;
removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer;
exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias; and
continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the first polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, and abrasive particulates.
3. The method of claim 1 , wherein the conductive material layer comprises copper or a copper alloy.
4. The method of claim 3 , wherein applying the first bias removes at least about 80% of the conductive material layer.
5. The method of claim 3 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises:
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of at least one chelating agent; and
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor.
6. The method of claim 5 , wherein the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of glycine, ethylenediamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetate, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
7. The method of claim 6 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1-benzotriazole, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
8. The method of claim 7 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is glycine.
9. The method of claim 7 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is ethylenediamine and ammonium citrate.
10. The method of claim 9 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises polyethylene glycol.
11. The method of claim 7 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises at least one member selected from the group consisting of abrasive particulates, hydrogen peroxide, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
12. The method of claim 11 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7 and a solvent.
13. The method of claim 2 , wherein the first polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS.
14. The method of claim 13 , wherein the second polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS.
15. The method of claim 14 , wherein the first polishing composition comprises:
from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent;
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor;
from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the salt;
from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of the oxidizer; and
from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of the abrasive particulates.
16. A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon, comprising:
positioning the substrate in a process apparatus;
exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition comprising phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, and abrasive particulates;
applying a first bias to the substrate;
removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer;
exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias; and
continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
17. The method of claim 16 , wherein the conductive material layer comprises copper or a copper alloy.
18. The method of claim 16 , wherein applying the first bias removes at least about 80% of the conductive material layer.
19. The method of claim 17 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises:
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of at least one chelating agent; and
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor.
20. The method of claim 19 , wherein the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of glycine, ethylenediamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetate, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
21. The method of claim 20 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1-benzotriazole, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
22. The method of claim 21 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is glycine.
23. The method of claim 21 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is ethylenediamine and ammonium citrate.
24. The method of claim 23 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises polyethylene glycol.
25. The method of claim 21 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises at least one member selected from the group consisting of abrasive particulates, hydrogen peroxide, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
26. The method of claim 25 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7 and a solvent.
27. The method of claim 17 , wherein the first polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS.
28. The method of claim 19 , wherein the second polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS.
29. The method of claim 27 , wherein the first polishing composition comprises:
from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent;
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor;
from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the salt;
from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of the oxidizer; and
from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of the abrasive particulates.
30. A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon, comprising:
positioning the substrate in a process apparatus comprising a first electrode and a second electrode;
supplying a first polishing composition between the first electrode and the substrate, wherein the polishing composition comprises phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent;
forming a passivation layer on the conductive material layer;
abrading the passivation layer to expose a portion of the conductive material layer;
applying a first bias between the first electrode and the second electrode;
removing at least about 50% of the conductive material layer;
separating the substrate from the first polishing composition;
exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias; and
continuing to remove the conductive material layer.
31. The method of claim 30 , wherein the conductive material layer comprises copper or a copper alloy.
32. The method of claim 31 , wherein applying the first bias removes at least about 80% of the conductive material layer.
33. The method of claim 31 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises:
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of at least one chelating agent; and
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor.
34. The method of claim 33 , wherein the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of glycine, ethylenediamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetate, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
35. The method of claim 34 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1-benzotriazole, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
36. The method of claim 35 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is glycine.
37. The method of claim 35 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is ethylenediamine and ammonium citrate.
38. The method of claim 37 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises polyethylene glycol.
39. The method of claim 35 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises at least one member selected from the group consisting of abrasive particulates, hydrogen peroxide, derivatives thereof and combinations thereof.
40. The method of claim 39 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7 and a solvent.
41. The method of claim 31 , wherein the first polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS.
42. The method of claim 33 , wherein the second polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS.
43. The method of claim 41 , wherein the first polishing composition comprises:
from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of the at least one chelating agent;
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor;
from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of the salt;
from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of the oxidizer; and
from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of the abrasive particulates.
44. A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon, comprising:
providing the substrate to a process apparatus;
exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition, wherein the first polishing composition comprises:
from about 1 wt % to about 10 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 6 wt % of at least one chelating agent;
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of a corrosion inhibitor;
from about 0.5 wt % to about 10 wt % of a salt;
from about 0.2 wt % to about 5 wt % of an oxidizer;
from about 0.05 wt % to about 1 wt % of an abrasive particulates;
at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7; and
a solvent;
applying a first bias to the substrate;
removing at least 50% of the conductive material layer; and
exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition and a second bias to continue removing the conductive layer, wherein the second polishing composition comprises:
about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of phosphoric acid;
from about 0.1 wt % to about 5 wt % of at least one chelating agent; and
from about 0.01 wt % to about 1 wt % of the corrosion inhibitor.
45. The method of claim 44 , wherein the conductive material layer comprises copper or a copper alloy.
46. The method of claim 45 , wherein applying the first bias removes at least about 80% of the conductive material layer.
47. The method of claim 44 , wherein the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of glycine, ethylenediamine, ethylenediamine tetraacetate, citric acid, ammonium citrate, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
48. The method of claim 47 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole, 5-methyl-1-benzotriazole, salts thereof, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
49. The method of claim 48 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is ethylenediamine and ammonium citrate.
50. The method of claim 48 , wherein the corrosion inhibitor of the second polishing composition is benzotriazole and the at least one chelating agent of the second polishing composition is glycine.
51. The method of claim 50 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises polyethylene glycol.
52. The method of claim 48 , wherein the second polishing composition further comprises at least one member selected from the group consisting of abrasive particulates, hydrogen peroxide, derivatives thereof, and combinations thereof.
53. The method of claim 52 , wherein the second polishing composition comprises at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7 and a solvent
54. The method of claim 45 , wherein the first polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS.
55. The method of claim 47 , wherein the second polishing composition has a conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS.
56. A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon, comprising:
positioning the substrate in a process apparatus;
exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition with a first conductivity in a range from about 30 mS to about 60 mS and comprising an oxidizer and abrasive particulates;
applying a first bias to the substrate;
exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition with a second conductivity in a range from about 15 mS to about 40 mS;
applying a second bias to the substrate; and
continuing to remove the conductive layer.
57. A method of processing a substrate having a conductive material layer disposed thereon, comprising:
positioning the substrate in a process apparatus;
exposing the substrate to a first polishing composition comprising phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, a salt, an oxidizer, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent;
applying a first bias to the substrate;
exposing the substrate to a second polishing composition comprising phosphoric acid, at least one chelating agent, a corrosion inhibitor, abrasive particulates, at least one pH adjusting agent to provide a pH from about 4 to about 7, and a solvent;
applying a second bias to the substrate; and
continuing to remove the conductive layer.
Priority Applications (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/845,754 US20040248412A1 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2004-05-14 | Method and composition for fine copper slurry for low dishing in ECMP |
US11/123,274 US7582564B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2005-05-05 | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US11/196,876 US7323416B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2005-08-04 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US11/312,823 US7390429B2 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2005-12-19 | Method and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing processing |
US11/356,352 US20060169597A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2006-02-15 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US11/838,512 US20070290166A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2007-08-14 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/456,220 US7232514B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-06-06 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US10/608,404 US7160432B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-06-26 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US10/845,754 US20040248412A1 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2004-05-14 | Method and composition for fine copper slurry for low dishing in ECMP |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/456,220 Continuation-In-Part US7232514B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-06-06 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US10/608,404 Continuation-In-Part US7160432B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-06-26 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
Related Child Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US11/123,274 Continuation-In-Part US7582564B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2005-05-05 | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US11/123,174 Continuation-In-Part US20050189074A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2005-05-06 | Gas processing apparatus and method and computer storage medium storing program for controlling same |
US11/312,823 Continuation-In-Part US7390429B2 (en) | 2003-06-06 | 2005-12-19 | Method and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing processing |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20040248412A1 true US20040248412A1 (en) | 2004-12-09 |
Family
ID=33493108
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/608,404 Expired - Fee Related US7160432B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-06-26 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US10/845,754 Abandoned US20040248412A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2004-05-14 | Method and composition for fine copper slurry for low dishing in ECMP |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/608,404 Expired - Fee Related US7160432B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2003-06-26 | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US7160432B2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2007520871A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20060013686A (en) |
TW (1) | TW200513521A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004111146A1 (en) |
Cited By (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030234184A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2003-12-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20040154931A1 (en) * | 2003-02-12 | 2004-08-12 | Akihisa Hongo | Polishing liquid, polishing method and polishing apparatus |
US20050263407A1 (en) * | 2004-05-28 | 2005-12-01 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Electrochemical-mechanical polishing composition and method for using the same |
US20060118760A1 (en) * | 2004-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Yang Andy C | Slurry composition and methods for chemical mechanical polishing |
US20060121725A1 (en) * | 2004-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Basol Bulent M | Method and system for electroprocessing conductive layers |
US20060141913A1 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2006-06-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Wafer planarization composition and method of use |
US20060163083A1 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2006-07-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and composition for electro-chemical-mechanical polishing |
US20060175298A1 (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2006-08-10 | Junzi Zhao | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20060186089A1 (en) * | 2005-02-23 | 2006-08-24 | Jsr Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing method |
US20060223320A1 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-05 | Cooper Kevin E | Polishing technique to minimize abrasive removal of material and composition therefor |
WO2006121600A2 (en) * | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20060281196A1 (en) * | 2005-06-13 | 2006-12-14 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Controlled electrochemical polishing method |
US20070068902A1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2007-03-29 | Yasushi Matsunami | Polishing composition and polishing method |
WO2007047454A2 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2007-04-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20070144915A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for passivating a substrate during electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20070161250A1 (en) * | 2006-01-09 | 2007-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for electrochemically mechanically polishing a conductive material on a substrate |
US20070219103A1 (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Novel rinse solution to remove cross-contamination |
US20070221495A1 (en) * | 2006-03-23 | 2007-09-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electropolish assisted electrochemical mechanical polishing apparatus |
US20070243709A1 (en) * | 2006-04-14 | 2007-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Planarization of substrates at a high polishing rate using electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20080142375A1 (en) * | 2006-12-13 | 2008-06-19 | Francois Doniat | Electrolyte formulation for electrochemical mechanical planarization |
US20090061741A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Zhihong Wang | Ecmp polishing sequence to improve planarity and defect performance |
US7879255B2 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2011-02-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for electrochemically polishing a conductive material on a substrate |
US20120024818A1 (en) * | 2009-02-16 | 2012-02-02 | Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. | Polishing agent for copper polishing and polishing method using same |
US8586481B2 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2013-11-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical planarization of copper wafer polishing |
US8845915B2 (en) | 2009-02-16 | 2014-09-30 | Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. | Abrading agent and abrading method |
WO2020256932A1 (en) * | 2019-06-17 | 2020-12-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Planarization methods for packaging substrates |
US11063169B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2021-07-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate structuring methods |
US11232951B1 (en) | 2020-07-14 | 2022-01-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for laser drilling blind vias |
US11257790B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-02-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High connectivity device stacking |
US11264331B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-03-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package structure and fabrication methods |
US11342256B2 (en) | 2019-01-24 | 2022-05-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of fine redistribution interconnect formation for advanced packaging applications |
US11400545B2 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2022-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Laser ablation for package fabrication |
US11404318B2 (en) | 2020-11-20 | 2022-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of forming through-silicon vias in substrates for advanced packaging |
US11454884B2 (en) | 2020-04-15 | 2022-09-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluoropolymer stamp fabrication method |
US11521937B2 (en) | 2020-11-16 | 2022-12-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package structures with built-in EMI shielding |
US11643573B2 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2023-05-09 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition, production method therefor, and polishing method and production method for substrate, using polishing composition |
US11676832B2 (en) | 2020-07-24 | 2023-06-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Laser ablation system for package fabrication |
US11705365B2 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2023-07-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of micro-via formation for advanced packaging |
US11862546B2 (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2024-01-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package core assembly and fabrication methods |
US11927885B2 (en) | 2022-08-08 | 2024-03-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluoropolymer stamp fabrication method |
Families Citing this family (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7128825B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2006-10-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US6811680B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2004-11-02 | Applied Materials Inc. | Planarization of substrates using electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US7160432B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2007-01-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US7323416B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2008-01-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US6899804B2 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2005-05-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electrolyte composition and treatment for electrolytic chemical mechanical polishing |
US20060169597A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2006-08-03 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US6632026B2 (en) * | 2001-08-24 | 2003-10-14 | Nihon Microcoating Co., Ltd. | Method of polishing optical fiber connector |
US20070295611A1 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2007-12-27 | Liu Feng Q | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US7004819B2 (en) * | 2002-01-18 | 2006-02-28 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | CMP systems and methods utilizing amine-containing polymers |
JP2004288929A (en) * | 2003-03-24 | 2004-10-14 | Renesas Technology Corp | Method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
US7390429B2 (en) * | 2003-06-06 | 2008-06-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing processing |
US20060021974A1 (en) * | 2004-01-29 | 2006-02-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US7390744B2 (en) * | 2004-01-29 | 2008-06-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
DE102004060507A1 (en) * | 2004-12-16 | 2006-06-29 | Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe Gmbh | Process for the electrochemical removal of refractory metals or alloys and solution for carrying out this process |
US20060169674A1 (en) * | 2005-01-28 | 2006-08-03 | Daxin Mao | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20060196778A1 (en) * | 2005-01-28 | 2006-09-07 | Renhe Jia | Tungsten electroprocessing |
US20060219663A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Metal CMP process on one or more polishing stations using slurries with oxidizers |
US7468322B1 (en) * | 2005-04-26 | 2008-12-23 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Methods of multi-step electrochemical mechanical planarization of Cu |
US20060249395A1 (en) * | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-09 | Applied Material, Inc. | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20060249394A1 (en) * | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-09 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20060270234A1 (en) * | 2005-05-27 | 2006-11-30 | Varughese Mathew | Method and composition for preparing a semiconductor surface for deposition of a barrier material |
JP2007123523A (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2007-05-17 | Ebara Corp | Polishing method, polishing device, and electrolytic polishing device |
US20070158207A1 (en) * | 2006-01-06 | 2007-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods for electrochemical processing with pre-biased cells |
US20070254485A1 (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Daxin Mao | Abrasive composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US8685909B2 (en) | 2006-09-21 | 2014-04-01 | Advanced Technology Materials, Inc. | Antioxidants for post-CMP cleaning formulations |
US20090078583A1 (en) * | 2007-01-22 | 2009-03-26 | Itsuki Kobata | Electrochemical mechanical polishing method and electrochemical mechanical polishing apparatus |
US8089055B2 (en) * | 2008-02-05 | 2012-01-03 | Adam Alexander Brailove | Ion beam processing apparatus |
US9202709B2 (en) * | 2008-03-19 | 2015-12-01 | Fujifilm Corporation | Polishing liquid for metal and polishing method using the same |
US20120055805A1 (en) * | 2008-07-02 | 2012-03-08 | Kirchoff James A | Cavitation assisted sonochemical hydrogen production system |
US20100096360A1 (en) * | 2008-10-20 | 2010-04-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Compositions and methods for barrier layer polishing |
CN102197124B (en) | 2008-10-21 | 2013-12-18 | 高级技术材料公司 | Copper cleaning and protection formulations |
JPWO2011093195A1 (en) * | 2010-01-27 | 2013-06-06 | Jsr株式会社 | Chemical mechanical polishing aqueous dispersion, chemical mechanical polishing method using the same, and chemical mechanical polishing aqueous dispersion preparation kit |
US8703004B2 (en) * | 2011-11-14 | 2014-04-22 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Method for chemical planarization and chemical planarization apparatus |
US20130241075A1 (en) * | 2012-03-13 | 2013-09-19 | Macronix International Co., Ltd. | Contact or via critical dimension control with novel closed loop control system in chemical mechanical planarization process |
US9074295B2 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2015-07-07 | Raytheon Company | Methods of etching carbon nanotube sheet material for electrical circuit and thin film thermal structure applications |
JP6251043B2 (en) * | 2014-01-08 | 2017-12-20 | 株式会社荏原製作所 | Etching solution, etching method, and solder bump manufacturing method |
JP2016092247A (en) * | 2014-11-06 | 2016-05-23 | 株式会社ディスコ | Method for polishing silicon carbide substrate |
US20170194192A1 (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2017-07-06 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Metal filling and planarization of recessed features |
JP2023103839A (en) * | 2022-01-14 | 2023-07-27 | 株式会社デンソー | Semiconductor wafer surface processing method |
Citations (93)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2582020A (en) * | 1947-07-15 | 1952-01-08 | Gen Motors Corp | Electrolytic polishing |
US3239441A (en) * | 1961-06-09 | 1966-03-08 | Marosi Prec Products Co Inc | Method and apparatus for electrolytic production of printed circuits |
US3873512A (en) * | 1973-04-30 | 1975-03-25 | Martin Marietta Corp | Machining method |
US4263113A (en) * | 1980-06-02 | 1981-04-21 | Sprague Electric Company | Electrochemical removal of surface copper from aluminum foil |
US4369099A (en) * | 1981-01-08 | 1983-01-18 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Photoelectrochemical etching of semiconductors |
US4663005A (en) * | 1985-11-15 | 1987-05-05 | Edson Gwynne I | Electropolishing process |
US4666683A (en) * | 1985-11-21 | 1987-05-19 | Eco-Tec Limited | Process for removal of copper from solutions of chelating agent and copper |
US4934102A (en) * | 1988-10-04 | 1990-06-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for mechanical planarization |
US4992135A (en) * | 1990-07-24 | 1991-02-12 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of etching back of tungsten layers on semiconductor wafers, and solution therefore |
US5002845A (en) * | 1987-09-21 | 1991-03-26 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Electrophotographic image forming member and method and apparatus for transferring electrophotographic images formed on the member |
US5002645A (en) * | 1989-07-27 | 1991-03-26 | Saginaw Valley State University | Process of separating and recovering metal values from a waste stream |
US5096550A (en) * | 1990-10-15 | 1992-03-17 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Method and apparatus for spatially uniform electropolishing and electrolytic etching |
US5114548A (en) * | 1990-08-09 | 1992-05-19 | Extrude Hone Corporation | Orbital electrochemical machining |
US5129981A (en) * | 1991-03-14 | 1992-07-14 | General Motors Corporation | Method of selectively etching silicon |
US5209816A (en) * | 1992-06-04 | 1993-05-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of chemical mechanical polishing aluminum containing metal layers and slurry for chemical mechanical polishing |
US5217586A (en) * | 1992-01-09 | 1993-06-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electrochemical tool for uniform metal removal during electropolishing |
US5225034A (en) * | 1992-06-04 | 1993-07-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of chemical mechanical polishing predominantly copper containing metal layers in semiconductor processing |
US5391258A (en) * | 1993-05-26 | 1995-02-21 | Rodel, Inc. | Compositions and methods for polishing |
US5407526A (en) * | 1993-06-30 | 1995-04-18 | Intel Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry delivery and mixing system |
US5770706A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-23 | National Starch And Chemical Investment Holding Corporation | Snap-cure epoxy adhesives |
US5770095A (en) * | 1994-07-12 | 1998-06-23 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Polishing agent and polishing method using the same |
US5866031A (en) * | 1996-06-19 | 1999-02-02 | Sematech, Inc. | Slurry formulation for chemical mechanical polishing of metals |
US5880003A (en) * | 1992-11-27 | 1999-03-09 | Nec Corporation | Method of giving a substantially flat surface of a semiconductor device through a polishing operation |
US5897375A (en) * | 1997-10-20 | 1999-04-27 | Motorola, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) slurry for copper and method of use in integrated circuit manufacture |
US5911619A (en) * | 1997-03-26 | 1999-06-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus for electrochemical mechanical planarization |
US6056864A (en) * | 1998-10-13 | 2000-05-02 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Electropolishing copper film to enhance CMP throughput |
US6056664A (en) * | 1999-02-12 | 2000-05-02 | Mimura; Kenji | Differential gear |
US6063306A (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 2000-05-16 | Cabot Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry useful for copper/tantalum substrate |
US6063006A (en) * | 1999-03-12 | 2000-05-16 | Chiu; Ciber | Grip exercise device |
US6066030A (en) * | 1999-03-04 | 2000-05-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electroetch and chemical mechanical polishing equipment |
US6077412A (en) * | 1997-08-22 | 2000-06-20 | Cutek Research, Inc. | Rotating anode for a wafer processing chamber |
US6171352B1 (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2001-01-09 | Eternal Chemical Co., Ltd. | Chemical mechanical abrasive composition for use in semiconductor processing |
US6176992B1 (en) * | 1998-11-03 | 2001-01-23 | Nutool, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electro-chemical mechanical deposition |
US6177026B1 (en) * | 1998-05-26 | 2001-01-23 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | CMP slurry containing a solid catalyst |
US6190237B1 (en) * | 1997-11-06 | 2001-02-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | pH-buffered slurry and use thereof for polishing |
US6194317B1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2001-02-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of planarizing the upper surface of a semiconductor wafer |
US6206756B1 (en) * | 1998-11-10 | 2001-03-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Tungsten chemical-mechanical polishing process using a fixed abrasive polishing pad and a tungsten layer chemical-mechanical polishing solution specifically adapted for chemical-mechanical polishing with a fixed abrasive pad |
US6218305B1 (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 2001-04-17 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Composition and method for polishing a composite of silica and silicon nitride |
US6217416B1 (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 2001-04-17 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry useful for copper/tantalum substrates |
US6234870B1 (en) * | 1999-08-24 | 2001-05-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Serial intelligent electro-chemical-mechanical wafer processor |
US6238592B1 (en) * | 1999-03-10 | 2001-05-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Working liquids and methods for modifying structured wafers suited for semiconductor fabrication |
US6248222B1 (en) * | 1998-09-08 | 2001-06-19 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for holding and positioning semiconductor workpieces during electropolishing and/or electroplating of the workpieces |
US20020008036A1 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 2002-01-24 | Hui Wang | Plating apparatus and method |
US20020016064A1 (en) * | 2000-05-29 | 2002-02-07 | Naoki Komai | Method of manufactuing a semiconductor device |
US20020016272A1 (en) * | 2000-07-05 | 2002-02-07 | Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Cleaning agent for a semi-conductor substrate |
US6348076B1 (en) * | 1999-10-08 | 2002-02-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Slurry for mechanical polishing (CMP) of metals and use thereof |
US6355075B1 (en) * | 2000-02-11 | 2002-03-12 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition |
US6354916B1 (en) * | 2000-02-11 | 2002-03-12 | Nu Tool Inc. | Modified plating solution for plating and planarization and process utilizing same |
US6355153B1 (en) * | 1999-09-17 | 2002-03-12 | Nutool, Inc. | Chip interconnect and packaging deposition methods and structures |
US20020040100A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2002-04-04 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Low temprature heat-sealable polypropylene-based film |
US6375693B1 (en) * | 1999-05-07 | 2002-04-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Chemical-mechanical planarization of barriers or liners for copper metallurgy |
US6395152B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2002-05-28 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for electropolishing metal interconnections on semiconductor devices |
US20020070125A1 (en) * | 2000-12-13 | 2002-06-13 | Nova Crystals, Inc. | Method for lift-off of epitaxially grown semiconductors by electrochemical anodic etching |
US20020072309A1 (en) * | 2000-09-27 | 2002-06-13 | Shuzo Sato | Polishing method and polishing apparatus |
US20020070126A1 (en) * | 2000-09-19 | 2002-06-13 | Shuzo Sato | Polishing method, polishing apparatus, plating method, and plating apparatus |
US20020074230A1 (en) * | 2000-08-10 | 2002-06-20 | Bulent Basol | Plating method and apparatus that creates a differential between additive disposed on a top surface and a cavity surface of a workpiece using an external influence |
US6508952B1 (en) * | 1999-06-16 | 2003-01-21 | Eternal Chemical Co., Ltd. | Chemical mechanical abrasive composition for use in semiconductor processing |
US20030038038A1 (en) * | 2001-07-20 | 2003-02-27 | Basol Bulent M. | Multi step electrodeposition process for reducing defects and minimizing film thickness |
US6541384B1 (en) * | 2000-09-08 | 2003-04-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of initiating cooper CMP process |
US20030073386A1 (en) * | 2001-08-14 | 2003-04-17 | Ying Ma | Chemical mechanical polishing compositions for metal and associated materials and method of using same |
US20030073311A1 (en) * | 1999-07-19 | 2003-04-17 | Joseph Levert | Compositions and processes for spin etch planarization |
US6551935B1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2003-04-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Slurry for use in polishing semiconductor device conductive structures that include copper and tungsten and polishing methods |
US6555158B1 (en) * | 1999-01-22 | 2003-04-29 | Sony Corporation | Method and apparatus for plating, and plating structure |
US20030083214A1 (en) * | 2000-03-21 | 2003-05-01 | Masahiko Kakizawa | Semiconductor wafer cleaning agent and cleaning method |
US20030079416A1 (en) * | 2001-08-14 | 2003-05-01 | Ying Ma | Chemical mechanical polishing compositions for metal and associated materials and method of using same |
US6562719B2 (en) * | 2000-08-04 | 2003-05-13 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Methods of polishing, interconnect-fabrication, and producing semiconductor devices |
US6565619B1 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2003-05-20 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition and polishing method employing it |
US20030104762A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-06-05 | Shuzo Sato | Polishing method and electropolishing apparatus |
US6579153B2 (en) * | 2000-01-12 | 2003-06-17 | Jsr Corporation | Aqueous dispersion for chemical mechanical polishing and chemical mechanical polishing process |
US20030114004A1 (en) * | 2000-03-09 | 2003-06-19 | Shuzo Sato | Methods of producing and polishing semiconductor device and polishing apparatus |
US20030113996A1 (en) * | 2000-10-13 | 2003-06-19 | Takeshi Nogami | Semiconductor production device and production method for semiconductor device |
US20030115475A1 (en) * | 2001-07-12 | 2003-06-19 | Russo Anthony P. | Biometrically enhanced digital certificates and system and method for making and using |
US6582579B1 (en) * | 2000-03-24 | 2003-06-24 | Nutool, Inc. | Methods for repairing defects on a semiconductor substrate |
US20030116446A1 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2003-06-26 | Alain Duboust | Electrolyte composition and treatment for electrolytic chemical mechanical polishing |
US20030119311A1 (en) * | 2001-07-20 | 2003-06-26 | Basol Bulent M. | Planar metal electroprocessing |
US6676484B2 (en) * | 1998-11-10 | 2004-01-13 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Copper chemical-mechanical polishing process using a fixed abrasive polishing pad and a copper layer chemical-mechanical polishing solution specifically adapted for chemical-mechanical polishing with a fixed abrasive pad |
US6679929B2 (en) * | 2001-01-31 | 2004-01-20 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition and polishing method employing it |
US6679928B2 (en) * | 2001-04-12 | 2004-01-20 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Polishing composition having a surfactant |
US6693036B1 (en) * | 1999-09-07 | 2004-02-17 | Sony Corporation | Method for producing semiconductor device polishing apparatus, and polishing method |
US6699299B2 (en) * | 1998-06-10 | 2004-03-02 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Composition and method for polishing in metal CMP |
US20040043582A1 (en) * | 2002-08-29 | 2004-03-04 | Dinesh Chopra | Method and apparatus for simultaneously removing multiple conductive materials from microelectronic substrates |
US20040053499A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2004-03-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US6736952B2 (en) * | 2001-02-12 | 2004-05-18 | Speedfam-Ipec Corporation | Method and apparatus for electrochemical planarization of a workpiece |
US6852630B2 (en) * | 2001-04-23 | 2005-02-08 | Asm Nutool, Inc. | Electroetching process and system |
US6858531B1 (en) * | 2002-07-12 | 2005-02-22 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Electro chemical mechanical polishing method |
US20050044803A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2005-03-03 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Composition and associated methods for chemical mechanical planarization having high selectivity for metal removal |
US20050079803A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Chemical-mechanical planarization composition having PVNO and associated method for use |
US20050076578A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Tunable composition and method for chemical-mechanical planarization with aspartic acid/tolyltriazole |
US20050076579A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Bicine/tricine containing composition and method for chemical-mechanical planarization |
US20050079718A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Chemical-mechanical planarization composition with nitrogen containing polymer and method for use |
US6902659B2 (en) * | 1998-12-01 | 2005-06-07 | Asm Nutool, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electro-chemical mechanical deposition |
US20060009033A1 (en) * | 2002-05-31 | 2006-01-12 | Basol Bulent M | Defect-free thin and planar film processing |
US20060006074A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2006-01-12 | Liu Feng Q | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
Family Cites Families (58)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4793895A (en) | 1988-01-25 | 1988-12-27 | Ibm Corporation | In situ conductivity monitoring technique for chemical/mechanical planarization endpoint detection |
US4941082A (en) | 1988-04-25 | 1990-07-10 | Electro Scientific Industries, Inc. | Light beam positioning system |
US5256565A (en) * | 1989-05-08 | 1993-10-26 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Electrochemical planarization |
EP0650740B1 (en) | 1993-10-27 | 1999-09-22 | Schneider (Europe) GmbH | Interventional catheter |
US5340370A (en) | 1993-11-03 | 1994-08-23 | Intel Corporation | Slurries for chemical mechanical polishing |
US5534106A (en) * | 1994-07-26 | 1996-07-09 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Apparatus for processing semiconductor wafers |
US5567300A (en) * | 1994-09-02 | 1996-10-22 | Ibm Corporation | Electrochemical metal removal technique for planarization of surfaces |
JP3053537B2 (en) * | 1994-11-08 | 2000-06-19 | 株式会社ヤクルト本社 | Brain function improver |
US5486282A (en) | 1994-11-30 | 1996-01-23 | Ibm Corporation | Electroetching process for seed layer removal in electrochemical fabrication of wafers |
US5714007A (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1998-02-03 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Apparatus for electrostatically depositing a medicament powder upon predefined regions of a substrate |
US5575706A (en) * | 1996-01-11 | 1996-11-19 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd. | Chemical/mechanical planarization (CMP) apparatus and polish method |
DE69734868T2 (en) | 1996-07-25 | 2006-08-03 | Dupont Air Products Nanomaterials L.L.C., Tempe | COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR CHEMICAL-MECHANICAL POLISHING |
US5783489A (en) | 1996-09-24 | 1998-07-21 | Cabot Corporation | Multi-oxidizer slurry for chemical mechanical polishing |
US5846882A (en) | 1996-10-03 | 1998-12-08 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Endpoint detector for a chemical mechanical polishing system |
US6126853A (en) * | 1996-12-09 | 2000-10-03 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry useful for copper substrates |
US5954997A (en) | 1996-12-09 | 1999-09-21 | Cabot Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry useful for copper substrates |
US5807165A (en) * | 1997-03-26 | 1998-09-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method of electrochemical mechanical planarization |
JPH1110540A (en) * | 1997-06-23 | 1999-01-19 | Speedfam Co Ltd | Slurry recycling system of cmp device and its method |
US6099604A (en) | 1997-08-21 | 2000-08-08 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Slurry with chelating agent for chemical-mechanical polishing of a semiconductor wafer and methods related thereto |
US6001730A (en) | 1997-10-20 | 1999-12-14 | Motorola, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) slurry for polishing copper interconnects which use tantalum-based barrier layers |
US6303551B1 (en) | 1997-10-21 | 2001-10-16 | Lam Research Corporation | Cleaning solution and method for cleaning semiconductor substrates after polishing of cooper film |
JPH11193817A (en) | 1997-10-29 | 1999-07-21 | Ntn Corp | Self-aligning roller bearing |
JP3371775B2 (en) * | 1997-10-31 | 2003-01-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Polishing method |
US6096652A (en) * | 1997-11-03 | 2000-08-01 | Motorola, Inc. | Method of chemical mechanical planarization using copper coordinating ligands |
US6103096A (en) | 1997-11-12 | 2000-08-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus and method for the electrochemical etching of a wafer |
US6153043A (en) | 1998-02-06 | 2000-11-28 | International Business Machines Corporation | Elimination of photo-induced electrochemical dissolution in chemical mechanical polishing |
US6004880A (en) | 1998-02-20 | 1999-12-21 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Method of single step damascene process for deposition and global planarization |
US6143155A (en) * | 1998-06-11 | 2000-11-07 | Speedfam Ipec Corp. | Method for simultaneous non-contact electrochemical plating and planarizing of semiconductor wafers using a bipiolar electrode assembly |
US6447668B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2002-09-10 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for end-point detection |
US6143656A (en) * | 1998-10-22 | 2000-11-07 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Slurry for chemical mechanical polishing of copper |
US6315883B1 (en) * | 1998-10-26 | 2001-11-13 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Electroplanarization of large and small damascene features using diffusion barriers and electropolishing |
US6083840A (en) | 1998-11-25 | 2000-07-04 | Arch Specialty Chemicals, Inc. | Slurry compositions and method for the chemical-mechanical polishing of copper and copper alloys |
JP4053165B2 (en) | 1998-12-01 | 2008-02-27 | 株式会社フジミインコーポレーテッド | Polishing composition and polishing method using the same |
KR100447551B1 (en) | 1999-01-18 | 2004-09-08 | 가부시끼가이샤 도시바 | Composite Particles and Production Process Thereof, Aqueous Dispersion, Aqueous Dispersion Composition for Chemical Mechanical Polishing, and Process for Manufacture of Semiconductor Apparatus |
US6258711B1 (en) | 1999-04-19 | 2001-07-10 | Speedfam-Ipec Corporation | Sacrificial deposit to improve damascene pattern planarization in semiconductor wafers |
US6419554B2 (en) | 1999-06-24 | 2002-07-16 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Fixed abrasive chemical-mechanical planarization of titanium nitride |
US6429133B1 (en) | 1999-08-31 | 2002-08-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Composition compatible with aluminum planarization and methods therefore |
TW499471B (en) | 1999-09-01 | 2002-08-21 | Eternal Chemical Co Ltd | Chemical mechanical/abrasive composition for semiconductor processing |
JP4264781B2 (en) | 1999-09-20 | 2009-05-20 | 株式会社フジミインコーポレーテッド | Polishing composition and polishing method |
US6258721B1 (en) * | 1999-12-27 | 2001-07-10 | General Electric Company | Diamond slurry for chemical-mechanical planarization of semiconductor wafers |
EP1218144A1 (en) | 2000-01-18 | 2002-07-03 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Dissolution of metal particles produced by polishing |
WO2001077241A2 (en) * | 2000-04-05 | 2001-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Composition for metal cmp with low dishing and overpolish insensitivity |
US6416685B1 (en) * | 2000-04-11 | 2002-07-09 | Honeywell International Inc. | Chemical mechanical planarization of low dielectric constant materials |
US6946068B2 (en) * | 2000-06-09 | 2005-09-20 | Catalytic Distillation Technologies | Process for desulfurization of cracked naphtha |
TW571005B (en) * | 2000-06-29 | 2004-01-11 | Ebara Corp | Method and apparatus for forming copper interconnects, and polishing liquid and polishing method |
US6455479B1 (en) | 2000-08-03 | 2002-09-24 | Shipley Company, L.L.C. | Stripping composition |
JP2002075927A (en) | 2000-08-24 | 2002-03-15 | Fujimi Inc | Composition for polishing and polishing method using it |
US20020104764A1 (en) * | 2000-11-20 | 2002-08-08 | Gautam Banerjee | Electropolishing and chemical mechanical planarization |
US6596152B2 (en) * | 2001-02-09 | 2003-07-22 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | Method and device for simultaneous arc processing and chemical etching |
JP2002254248A (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2002-09-10 | Sony Corp | Electrochemical machining device |
US6811680B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2004-11-02 | Applied Materials Inc. | Planarization of substrates using electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US7582564B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2009-09-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US7128825B2 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2006-10-31 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US6821409B2 (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2004-11-23 | Asm-Nutool, Inc. | Electroetching methods and systems using chemical and mechanical influence |
US6783432B2 (en) * | 2001-06-04 | 2004-08-31 | Applied Materials Inc. | Additives for pressure sensitive polishing compositions |
JP3813865B2 (en) * | 2001-12-11 | 2006-08-23 | 株式会社荏原製作所 | Polishing method and polishing apparatus |
JP2005518670A (en) * | 2002-02-26 | 2005-06-23 | アプライド マテリアルズ インコーポレイテッド | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20040144038A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2004-07-29 | Junaid Ahmed Siddiqui | Composition and associated method for oxide chemical mechanical planarization |
-
2003
- 2003-06-26 US US10/608,404 patent/US7160432B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2004
- 2004-05-14 US US10/845,754 patent/US20040248412A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-06-04 KR KR1020057023446A patent/KR20060013686A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2004-06-04 WO PCT/US2004/017691 patent/WO2004111146A1/en active Application Filing
- 2004-06-04 JP JP2006515184A patent/JP2007520871A/en active Pending
- 2004-06-07 TW TW093116347A patent/TW200513521A/en unknown
Patent Citations (99)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2582020A (en) * | 1947-07-15 | 1952-01-08 | Gen Motors Corp | Electrolytic polishing |
US3239441A (en) * | 1961-06-09 | 1966-03-08 | Marosi Prec Products Co Inc | Method and apparatus for electrolytic production of printed circuits |
US3873512A (en) * | 1973-04-30 | 1975-03-25 | Martin Marietta Corp | Machining method |
US4263113A (en) * | 1980-06-02 | 1981-04-21 | Sprague Electric Company | Electrochemical removal of surface copper from aluminum foil |
US4369099A (en) * | 1981-01-08 | 1983-01-18 | Bell Telephone Laboratories, Incorporated | Photoelectrochemical etching of semiconductors |
US4663005A (en) * | 1985-11-15 | 1987-05-05 | Edson Gwynne I | Electropolishing process |
US4666683A (en) * | 1985-11-21 | 1987-05-19 | Eco-Tec Limited | Process for removal of copper from solutions of chelating agent and copper |
US5002845A (en) * | 1987-09-21 | 1991-03-26 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Electrophotographic image forming member and method and apparatus for transferring electrophotographic images formed on the member |
US4934102A (en) * | 1988-10-04 | 1990-06-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | System for mechanical planarization |
US5002645A (en) * | 1989-07-27 | 1991-03-26 | Saginaw Valley State University | Process of separating and recovering metal values from a waste stream |
US4992135A (en) * | 1990-07-24 | 1991-02-12 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of etching back of tungsten layers on semiconductor wafers, and solution therefore |
US5114548A (en) * | 1990-08-09 | 1992-05-19 | Extrude Hone Corporation | Orbital electrochemical machining |
US5096550A (en) * | 1990-10-15 | 1992-03-17 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Method and apparatus for spatially uniform electropolishing and electrolytic etching |
US5129981A (en) * | 1991-03-14 | 1992-07-14 | General Motors Corporation | Method of selectively etching silicon |
US5217586A (en) * | 1992-01-09 | 1993-06-08 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electrochemical tool for uniform metal removal during electropolishing |
US5209816A (en) * | 1992-06-04 | 1993-05-11 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of chemical mechanical polishing aluminum containing metal layers and slurry for chemical mechanical polishing |
US5225034A (en) * | 1992-06-04 | 1993-07-06 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Method of chemical mechanical polishing predominantly copper containing metal layers in semiconductor processing |
US5880003A (en) * | 1992-11-27 | 1999-03-09 | Nec Corporation | Method of giving a substantially flat surface of a semiconductor device through a polishing operation |
US5391258A (en) * | 1993-05-26 | 1995-02-21 | Rodel, Inc. | Compositions and methods for polishing |
US5407526A (en) * | 1993-06-30 | 1995-04-18 | Intel Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry delivery and mixing system |
US5770095A (en) * | 1994-07-12 | 1998-06-23 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Polishing agent and polishing method using the same |
US5770706A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-23 | National Starch And Chemical Investment Holding Corporation | Snap-cure epoxy adhesives |
US5866031A (en) * | 1996-06-19 | 1999-02-02 | Sematech, Inc. | Slurry formulation for chemical mechanical polishing of metals |
US6218305B1 (en) * | 1996-09-27 | 2001-04-17 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Composition and method for polishing a composite of silica and silicon nitride |
US5911619A (en) * | 1997-03-26 | 1999-06-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Apparatus for electrochemical mechanical planarization |
US6077412A (en) * | 1997-08-22 | 2000-06-20 | Cutek Research, Inc. | Rotating anode for a wafer processing chamber |
US5897375A (en) * | 1997-10-20 | 1999-04-27 | Motorola, Inc. | Chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) slurry for copper and method of use in integrated circuit manufacture |
US6190237B1 (en) * | 1997-11-06 | 2001-02-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | pH-buffered slurry and use thereof for polishing |
US6391166B1 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 2002-05-21 | Acm Research, Inc. | Plating apparatus and method |
US20020008036A1 (en) * | 1998-02-12 | 2002-01-24 | Hui Wang | Plating apparatus and method |
US6194317B1 (en) * | 1998-04-30 | 2001-02-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of planarizing the upper surface of a semiconductor wafer |
US6177026B1 (en) * | 1998-05-26 | 2001-01-23 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | CMP slurry containing a solid catalyst |
US6699299B2 (en) * | 1998-06-10 | 2004-03-02 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Composition and method for polishing in metal CMP |
US6063306A (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 2000-05-16 | Cabot Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry useful for copper/tantalum substrate |
US6217416B1 (en) * | 1998-06-26 | 2001-04-17 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing slurry useful for copper/tantalum substrates |
US6395152B1 (en) * | 1998-07-09 | 2002-05-28 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for electropolishing metal interconnections on semiconductor devices |
US6171352B1 (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2001-01-09 | Eternal Chemical Co., Ltd. | Chemical mechanical abrasive composition for use in semiconductor processing |
US6248222B1 (en) * | 1998-09-08 | 2001-06-19 | Acm Research, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for holding and positioning semiconductor workpieces during electropolishing and/or electroplating of the workpieces |
US6056864A (en) * | 1998-10-13 | 2000-05-02 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Electropolishing copper film to enhance CMP throughput |
US6402925B2 (en) * | 1998-11-03 | 2002-06-11 | Nutool, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electrochemical mechanical deposition |
US6176992B1 (en) * | 1998-11-03 | 2001-01-23 | Nutool, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electro-chemical mechanical deposition |
US6676484B2 (en) * | 1998-11-10 | 2004-01-13 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Copper chemical-mechanical polishing process using a fixed abrasive polishing pad and a copper layer chemical-mechanical polishing solution specifically adapted for chemical-mechanical polishing with a fixed abrasive pad |
US6206756B1 (en) * | 1998-11-10 | 2001-03-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Tungsten chemical-mechanical polishing process using a fixed abrasive polishing pad and a tungsten layer chemical-mechanical polishing solution specifically adapted for chemical-mechanical polishing with a fixed abrasive pad |
US6902659B2 (en) * | 1998-12-01 | 2005-06-07 | Asm Nutool, Inc. | Method and apparatus for electro-chemical mechanical deposition |
US6555158B1 (en) * | 1999-01-22 | 2003-04-29 | Sony Corporation | Method and apparatus for plating, and plating structure |
US6056664A (en) * | 1999-02-12 | 2000-05-02 | Mimura; Kenji | Differential gear |
US6066030A (en) * | 1999-03-04 | 2000-05-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Electroetch and chemical mechanical polishing equipment |
US6238592B1 (en) * | 1999-03-10 | 2001-05-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Working liquids and methods for modifying structured wafers suited for semiconductor fabrication |
US6063006A (en) * | 1999-03-12 | 2000-05-16 | Chiu; Ciber | Grip exercise device |
US6375693B1 (en) * | 1999-05-07 | 2002-04-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Chemical-mechanical planarization of barriers or liners for copper metallurgy |
US6508952B1 (en) * | 1999-06-16 | 2003-01-21 | Eternal Chemical Co., Ltd. | Chemical mechanical abrasive composition for use in semiconductor processing |
US20030073311A1 (en) * | 1999-07-19 | 2003-04-17 | Joseph Levert | Compositions and processes for spin etch planarization |
US6234870B1 (en) * | 1999-08-24 | 2001-05-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Serial intelligent electro-chemical-mechanical wafer processor |
US6693036B1 (en) * | 1999-09-07 | 2004-02-17 | Sony Corporation | Method for producing semiconductor device polishing apparatus, and polishing method |
US6355153B1 (en) * | 1999-09-17 | 2002-03-12 | Nutool, Inc. | Chip interconnect and packaging deposition methods and structures |
US6348076B1 (en) * | 1999-10-08 | 2002-02-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Slurry for mechanical polishing (CMP) of metals and use thereof |
US6579153B2 (en) * | 2000-01-12 | 2003-06-17 | Jsr Corporation | Aqueous dispersion for chemical mechanical polishing and chemical mechanical polishing process |
US6354916B1 (en) * | 2000-02-11 | 2002-03-12 | Nu Tool Inc. | Modified plating solution for plating and planarization and process utilizing same |
US6355075B1 (en) * | 2000-02-11 | 2002-03-12 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition |
US20030114004A1 (en) * | 2000-03-09 | 2003-06-19 | Shuzo Sato | Methods of producing and polishing semiconductor device and polishing apparatus |
US20030083214A1 (en) * | 2000-03-21 | 2003-05-01 | Masahiko Kakizawa | Semiconductor wafer cleaning agent and cleaning method |
US6582579B1 (en) * | 2000-03-24 | 2003-06-24 | Nutool, Inc. | Methods for repairing defects on a semiconductor substrate |
US20020016064A1 (en) * | 2000-05-29 | 2002-02-07 | Naoki Komai | Method of manufactuing a semiconductor device |
US20020016272A1 (en) * | 2000-07-05 | 2002-02-07 | Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Cleaning agent for a semi-conductor substrate |
US20020040100A1 (en) * | 2000-07-13 | 2002-04-04 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Low temprature heat-sealable polypropylene-based film |
US6562719B2 (en) * | 2000-08-04 | 2003-05-13 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Methods of polishing, interconnect-fabrication, and producing semiconductor devices |
US20020074230A1 (en) * | 2000-08-10 | 2002-06-20 | Bulent Basol | Plating method and apparatus that creates a differential between additive disposed on a top surface and a cavity surface of a workpiece using an external influence |
US6551935B1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2003-04-22 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Slurry for use in polishing semiconductor device conductive structures that include copper and tungsten and polishing methods |
US6541384B1 (en) * | 2000-09-08 | 2003-04-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of initiating cooper CMP process |
US20020070126A1 (en) * | 2000-09-19 | 2002-06-13 | Shuzo Sato | Polishing method, polishing apparatus, plating method, and plating apparatus |
US20020072309A1 (en) * | 2000-09-27 | 2002-06-13 | Shuzo Sato | Polishing method and polishing apparatus |
US20030113996A1 (en) * | 2000-10-13 | 2003-06-19 | Takeshi Nogami | Semiconductor production device and production method for semiconductor device |
US20020070125A1 (en) * | 2000-12-13 | 2002-06-13 | Nova Crystals, Inc. | Method for lift-off of epitaxially grown semiconductors by electrochemical anodic etching |
US6679929B2 (en) * | 2001-01-31 | 2004-01-20 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition and polishing method employing it |
US6736952B2 (en) * | 2001-02-12 | 2004-05-18 | Speedfam-Ipec Corporation | Method and apparatus for electrochemical planarization of a workpiece |
US20040053499A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2004-03-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20060006074A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2006-01-12 | Liu Feng Q | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US6679928B2 (en) * | 2001-04-12 | 2004-01-20 | Rodel Holdings, Inc. | Polishing composition having a surfactant |
US6852630B2 (en) * | 2001-04-23 | 2005-02-08 | Asm Nutool, Inc. | Electroetching process and system |
US20030115475A1 (en) * | 2001-07-12 | 2003-06-19 | Russo Anthony P. | Biometrically enhanced digital certificates and system and method for making and using |
US20060011485A1 (en) * | 2001-07-20 | 2006-01-19 | Basol Bulent M | Multi step electrodeposition process for reducing defects and minimizing film thickness |
US20030119311A1 (en) * | 2001-07-20 | 2003-06-26 | Basol Bulent M. | Planar metal electroprocessing |
US20030038038A1 (en) * | 2001-07-20 | 2003-02-27 | Basol Bulent M. | Multi step electrodeposition process for reducing defects and minimizing film thickness |
US6867136B2 (en) * | 2001-07-20 | 2005-03-15 | Nutool, Inc. | Method for electrochemically processing a workpiece |
US20030079416A1 (en) * | 2001-08-14 | 2003-05-01 | Ying Ma | Chemical mechanical polishing compositions for metal and associated materials and method of using same |
US20030073386A1 (en) * | 2001-08-14 | 2003-04-17 | Ying Ma | Chemical mechanical polishing compositions for metal and associated materials and method of using same |
US6565619B1 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2003-05-20 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition and polishing method employing it |
US20030104762A1 (en) * | 2001-11-30 | 2003-06-05 | Shuzo Sato | Polishing method and electropolishing apparatus |
US20030116445A1 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2003-06-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electrolyte with good planarization capability, high removal rate and smooth surface finish for electrochemically controlled copper CMP |
US20030116446A1 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2003-06-26 | Alain Duboust | Electrolyte composition and treatment for electrolytic chemical mechanical polishing |
US20060009033A1 (en) * | 2002-05-31 | 2006-01-12 | Basol Bulent M | Defect-free thin and planar film processing |
US6858531B1 (en) * | 2002-07-12 | 2005-02-22 | Lsi Logic Corporation | Electro chemical mechanical polishing method |
US20040043582A1 (en) * | 2002-08-29 | 2004-03-04 | Dinesh Chopra | Method and apparatus for simultaneously removing multiple conductive materials from microelectronic substrates |
US20050044803A1 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2005-03-03 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Composition and associated methods for chemical mechanical planarization having high selectivity for metal removal |
US6893476B2 (en) * | 2002-12-09 | 2005-05-17 | Dupont Air Products Nanomaterials Llc | Composition and associated methods for chemical mechanical planarization having high selectivity for metal removal |
US20050079803A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Chemical-mechanical planarization composition having PVNO and associated method for use |
US20050076578A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Tunable composition and method for chemical-mechanical planarization with aspartic acid/tolyltriazole |
US20050076579A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Bicine/tricine containing composition and method for chemical-mechanical planarization |
US20050079718A1 (en) * | 2003-10-10 | 2005-04-14 | Siddiqui Junaid Ahmed | Chemical-mechanical planarization composition with nitrogen containing polymer and method for use |
Cited By (78)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030234184A1 (en) * | 2001-03-14 | 2003-12-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20040154931A1 (en) * | 2003-02-12 | 2004-08-12 | Akihisa Hongo | Polishing liquid, polishing method and polishing apparatus |
US20050263407A1 (en) * | 2004-05-28 | 2005-12-01 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Electrochemical-mechanical polishing composition and method for using the same |
WO2005118736A1 (en) * | 2004-05-28 | 2005-12-15 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Electrochemical-mechanical polishing composition and method for using the same |
CN1961055B (en) * | 2004-05-28 | 2010-05-12 | 卡伯特微电子公司 | Electrochemical-mechanical polishing composition and method for using the same |
US20060118760A1 (en) * | 2004-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Yang Andy C | Slurry composition and methods for chemical mechanical polishing |
US20060121725A1 (en) * | 2004-12-03 | 2006-06-08 | Basol Bulent M | Method and system for electroprocessing conductive layers |
US7247558B2 (en) * | 2004-12-03 | 2007-07-24 | Novellus Systems, Inc. | Method and system for electroprocessing conductive layers |
US7198560B2 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2007-04-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Wafer planarization composition and method of use |
US20060141913A1 (en) * | 2004-12-23 | 2006-06-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Wafer planarization composition and method of use |
US20060163083A1 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2006-07-27 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and composition for electro-chemical-mechanical polishing |
EP1841558A4 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2012-04-04 | Ibm | Method and composition for electro-chemical-mechanical polishing |
EP1841558A2 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2007-10-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and composition for electro-chemical-mechanical polishing |
WO2006088533A3 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2007-09-27 | Ibm | Method and composition for electro-chemical-mechanical polishing |
JP2008529272A (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2008-07-31 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション | Methods and compositions for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20060175298A1 (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2006-08-10 | Junzi Zhao | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
WO2006086265A3 (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2006-09-28 | Applied Materials Inc | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
WO2006086265A2 (en) * | 2005-02-07 | 2006-08-17 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for polishing a substrate |
US20060186089A1 (en) * | 2005-02-23 | 2006-08-24 | Jsr Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing method |
US20090181540A1 (en) * | 2005-02-23 | 2009-07-16 | Jsr Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing method |
US7560384B2 (en) * | 2005-02-23 | 2009-07-14 | Jsr Corporation | Chemical mechanical polishing method |
TWI413172B (en) * | 2005-02-23 | 2013-10-21 | Jsr Corp | Chemical mechanical polishing method |
WO2006102539A2 (en) * | 2005-03-23 | 2006-09-28 | Asm Nutool, Inc. | Method and system for electroprocessing conductive layers |
WO2006102539A3 (en) * | 2005-03-23 | 2007-06-28 | Asm Nutool Inc | Method and system for electroprocessing conductive layers |
US20060223320A1 (en) * | 2005-03-30 | 2006-10-05 | Cooper Kevin E | Polishing technique to minimize abrasive removal of material and composition therefor |
WO2006121600A2 (en) * | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing |
WO2006121600A3 (en) * | 2005-05-05 | 2007-01-04 | Applied Materials Inc | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US7998335B2 (en) * | 2005-06-13 | 2011-08-16 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Controlled electrochemical polishing method |
US20060281196A1 (en) * | 2005-06-13 | 2006-12-14 | Cabot Microelectronics Corporation | Controlled electrochemical polishing method |
KR101281968B1 (en) * | 2005-06-13 | 2013-07-03 | 캐보트 마이크로일렉트로닉스 코포레이션 | Controlled electrochemical polishing method |
US20070068902A1 (en) * | 2005-09-29 | 2007-03-29 | Yasushi Matsunami | Polishing composition and polishing method |
WO2007047454A3 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2008-01-17 | Applied Materials Inc | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
WO2007047454A2 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2007-04-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US7879255B2 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2011-02-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and composition for electrochemically polishing a conductive material on a substrate |
US20070144915A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-06-28 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Process and composition for passivating a substrate during electrochemical mechanical polishing |
US20070161250A1 (en) * | 2006-01-09 | 2007-07-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for electrochemically mechanically polishing a conductive material on a substrate |
US7576007B2 (en) | 2006-01-09 | 2009-08-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method for electrochemically mechanically polishing a conductive material on a substrate |
US20070219103A1 (en) * | 2006-03-17 | 2007-09-20 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Novel rinse solution to remove cross-contamination |
US20070221495A1 (en) * | 2006-03-23 | 2007-09-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Electropolish assisted electrochemical mechanical polishing apparatus |
US20070243709A1 (en) * | 2006-04-14 | 2007-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Planarization of substrates at a high polishing rate using electrochemical mechanical polishing |
WO2008072207A1 (en) * | 2006-12-13 | 2008-06-19 | L'air Liquide-Societe Anonyme Pour L'etude Et L'exploitation Des Procedes Georges Claude | Improved electrolyte formulation for electrochemical mechanical planarization |
US20080142375A1 (en) * | 2006-12-13 | 2008-06-19 | Francois Doniat | Electrolyte formulation for electrochemical mechanical planarization |
US20090061741A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-05 | Zhihong Wang | Ecmp polishing sequence to improve planarity and defect performance |
US8889555B2 (en) * | 2009-02-16 | 2014-11-18 | Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Polishing agent for copper polishing and polishing method using same |
US20120024818A1 (en) * | 2009-02-16 | 2012-02-02 | Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. | Polishing agent for copper polishing and polishing method using same |
US8845915B2 (en) | 2009-02-16 | 2014-09-30 | Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. | Abrading agent and abrading method |
US8859429B2 (en) * | 2009-02-16 | 2014-10-14 | Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Polishing agent for copper polishing and polishing method using same |
US20120160804A1 (en) * | 2009-02-16 | 2012-06-28 | Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Polishing agent for copper polishing and polishing method using same |
US8586481B2 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2013-11-19 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Chemical planarization of copper wafer polishing |
US11643573B2 (en) * | 2017-03-14 | 2023-05-09 | Fujimi Incorporated | Polishing composition, production method therefor, and polishing method and production method for substrate, using polishing composition |
US11342256B2 (en) | 2019-01-24 | 2022-05-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method of fine redistribution interconnect formation for advanced packaging applications |
US11362235B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-06-14 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate structuring methods |
US11476202B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-10-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Reconstituted substrate structure and fabrication methods for heterogeneous packaging integration |
US11264331B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-03-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package structure and fabrication methods |
US11264333B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-03-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Reconstituted substrate structure and fabrication methods for heterogeneous packaging integration |
US11063169B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2021-07-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate structuring methods |
US11521935B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-12-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package structure and fabrication methods |
US11398433B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-07-26 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Reconstituted substrate structure and fabrication methods for heterogeneous packaging integration |
US11715700B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2023-08-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Reconstituted substrate structure and fabrication methods for heterogeneous packaging integration |
US11887934B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2024-01-30 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package structure and fabrication methods |
US11417605B2 (en) | 2019-05-10 | 2022-08-16 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Reconstituted substrate for radio frequency applications |
US20220278248A1 (en) * | 2019-05-10 | 2022-09-01 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate structuring methods |
US11837680B2 (en) * | 2019-05-10 | 2023-12-05 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Substrate structuring methods |
TWI777176B (en) * | 2019-06-17 | 2022-09-11 | 美商應用材料股份有限公司 | Planarization methods for packaging substrates |
WO2020256932A1 (en) * | 2019-06-17 | 2020-12-24 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Planarization methods for packaging substrates |
TWI799329B (en) * | 2019-06-17 | 2023-04-11 | 美商應用材料股份有限公司 | Planarization methods for packaging substrates |
US11862546B2 (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2024-01-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package core assembly and fabrication methods |
US11881447B2 (en) | 2019-11-27 | 2024-01-23 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package core assembly and fabrication methods |
US11257790B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2022-02-22 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High connectivity device stacking |
US11742330B2 (en) | 2020-03-10 | 2023-08-29 | Applied Materials, Inc. | High connectivity device stacking |
US11454884B2 (en) | 2020-04-15 | 2022-09-27 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluoropolymer stamp fabrication method |
US11400545B2 (en) | 2020-05-11 | 2022-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Laser ablation for package fabrication |
US11232951B1 (en) | 2020-07-14 | 2022-01-25 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Method and apparatus for laser drilling blind vias |
US11676832B2 (en) | 2020-07-24 | 2023-06-13 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Laser ablation system for package fabrication |
US11521937B2 (en) | 2020-11-16 | 2022-12-06 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Package structures with built-in EMI shielding |
US11404318B2 (en) | 2020-11-20 | 2022-08-02 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of forming through-silicon vias in substrates for advanced packaging |
US11705365B2 (en) | 2021-05-18 | 2023-07-18 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Methods of micro-via formation for advanced packaging |
US11927885B2 (en) | 2022-08-08 | 2024-03-12 | Applied Materials, Inc. | Fluoropolymer stamp fabrication method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2004111146A1 (en) | 2004-12-23 |
US20040053499A1 (en) | 2004-03-18 |
US7160432B2 (en) | 2007-01-09 |
TW200513521A (en) | 2005-04-16 |
JP2007520871A (en) | 2007-07-26 |
KR20060013686A (en) | 2006-02-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20040248412A1 (en) | Method and composition for fine copper slurry for low dishing in ECMP | |
US7323416B2 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US7232514B2 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US7128825B2 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US7582564B2 (en) | Process and composition for conductive material removal by electrochemical mechanical polishing | |
US7390744B2 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US20050092620A1 (en) | Methods and apparatus for polishing a substrate | |
US20060175298A1 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US20060169597A1 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
EP1478708A1 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US7390429B2 (en) | Method and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing processing | |
US20060021974A1 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US20070187258A1 (en) | Method for electrochemically polishing a conductive material on a substrate | |
KR20070104479A (en) | Polishing composition and method for polishing a conductive material | |
US20060169674A1 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US20070144915A1 (en) | Process and composition for passivating a substrate during electrochemical mechanical polishing | |
US20070254485A1 (en) | Abrasive composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing | |
US20060249395A1 (en) | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing | |
US20070295611A1 (en) | Method and composition for polishing a substrate | |
US20060196778A1 (en) | Tungsten electroprocessing | |
US20060249394A1 (en) | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing | |
WO2007047454A2 (en) | Process and composition for electrochemical mechanical polishing |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LIU, FENG Q.;TSAI, STAN D.;HU, YONGQI;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:015336/0151 Effective date: 20040513 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |